THE COLORADO EXPERIENCE
WITH  INSPECTION / MAINTENANCE
DATA HANDLING:
MACHINE READABLE  FORMS
MAY, 1982
    PREPARED FOR:
    UNITED STATES  y*9*8":
    ENVIRONMENTAL £ "
    PROTECTION
    AGENCY
    PREPARED BY:-
 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE STAFF

| 2565 PLYMOUTH ROAD
f ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN 481O5
    NATIONAL CENTER FOR VEHICLE EMISSIONS CONTROL AND SAFETY
    DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL SCIENCES
    COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
    2O5 L.L. GIBBONS
    FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 8O523 —

-------

-------
    The Information 1n this  document  has been funded wholly or 1n part
by the United States Environmental  Protection Agency under assistance
agreement number T901383-01  to Colorado State University, It has been
subjected to the agency's  peer and  administrative review and it has been
approved for publication.  The contents reflect the views and policies
of the agency.

                          ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
    The National Center wishes to acknowledge the willingness of the
AIR Program Staff to provide Information and documentation and to
check the text for accuracy.
    Colorado Department of Health:
         Richard Barrett,  Mobile Sources
         Leo Carroll, Mobile Sources
         Richard Fawcett,  Data Services
         Gerald Gallagher, Mobile Sources, Program Director
         Kenneth Nelson, Mobile Sources
         Nadine Quigley, Mobile Sources
         Steve Sargent, Mobile Sources
    Colorado Department of Revenue:
         Brian Her, Program Administrator
The information provided by  Colorado  State University staff members,
especially Dr. Elmer Remmenga, 1s appreciated, as is that of the
National Computer Systems  (NCS) representative, Tom Gallogly.
                                 111

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                 Page

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS	iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS ........  	   v
LIST' OF TABLES	ix
LIST OF FIGURES	  .  .  .	1x
1.0  INTRODUCTION	   1
     1.1  Data Handling 	  .....   1
     1.2  Program Description 	   2
2.0  PRE-IMPLEMENTATION PLANNING  	   7
     2.1  Sources of Planning Information  	   7
     2.2  Identifying Data Needs  	   7
     2.3  Sampling	11
     2.4  Data Collecting and Handling Alternatives  	  11
     2.5  Additional Investigations  	 ...  14
3.0  IMPLEMENTATION OF DATA SYSTEM	  21
     3.1  Inspection Form	  21
     3.2  Mechanics' Training 	  32
     3.3  Data Input	34
     3.4  Readability	39
4.0  DATA ANALYSIS	43
     4.1  Purpose and Functional Elements  	  43
     4.2  "Blue System" Accuracy Checking  .....  	  43
     4.3  "Green System" Accuracy Checking	 .  44
     4.4  "Blue System" Information  Producing  .  .	  59
     4.5  "Green System" Information Producing  	  59

-------
                    TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
                                                                  Paqe
                          /
     4.6  Staffing,  Equipment,  Costs, and  Other  Computer
          Considerations  	   62
     4.7  Administrative Detail  	   64
5.0  SUMMARY	  .	67
     5.1  Description	67
     5.2  Critical  Aspects of the AIR Program  	   68
APPENDICES	,	73
     Appendix A  I/M Program Sub-System, Arthur  Young  &
                  Company Report  	   73
     Appendix B  Statistical  Analyses and  Sampling Techniques
                  Documents	103
     Appendix C  Vehicle Emissions Control  Study Guide - AIR
                  Program, Inspection Form Section   	  117
     Appendix D  Inspection  Forms, July-December ("Blue") and
                  January-Current ("Green")  	  139
     Appendix E  NCS Forms Design Guide  	  161
     Appendix F  NCS Price List,  January 1982	201
     Appendix G  "Blue System"  Reports  	 	 ...  209
     Appendix H  Overview of Operation of  SPSS   . .	223
REFERENCES CONSULTED  	  237
                                 vii

-------
                           LIST OF  TABLES

                                                                 Page
Table 1:  Estimations of Data Volumes	    8
Table 2:  Data Collecting and Handling Alternatives	   12
Table 3:  Fatal Error Identifications	   46
Table 4:  Questionable Error Identification	  .   48
                           LIST OF  FIGURES

Figure 1:  Forms Contrast	24
Figure 2:  Data Input -  January 1,  1982 to Present	35
Figure 3:  Data Analysis - January  1,  1982 to Present	45
Figure 4:  Processing System Error  Messages	  .   47
Figure 5:  Error/Performance Report (Mock-up) .	55
Figure 6:  Batch Summaries (Pie Chart  Graphics,  Mock-up)   ....   58
Figure 7:  Data Analysis Projections	61
                                 ix

-------
1.0  INTRODUCTION

1.1  Data Handling
    This document will describe the inspection/maintenance (I/M) data
handling system for the Automobile Inspection and Readjustment (AIR)
Program operated by the State of Colorado.  Machine readable forms
(also called optically read or scanned forms) play a key role in that
program's inspection data system.  The intended purpose of this report
is to provide detailed descriptive information for the consideration
of other I/M programs.  No data handling system should or can be
exactly duplicated in another program.  However, understanding the
developmental process of one state's system does provide opportunities
for other programs to select and refine those components which suit
their unique needs.
    Data handling is a crucial component of an inspection/maintenance
program.  It provides a "window" into that enigmatic system of
stringency factors, types of repairs, calibrations, tailpipe inspec-
tions, reductions, costs, consumer protection, and quality control.
The accuracy and completeness of data and the design and number of the
analyses determine the validity and scope of the answer to the
question, "How well is the I/M program operating?"
    Data handling systems are designed through a series of compro-
mises.  Ideally, every element of applicable data would be collected,
and each would be 100% accurate.  The analyses would require only
these data and,  coping with all contingencies, they would accurately
answer every question for the many constituents of the I/M program.
If this ideal system were even achievable, the cost would be prohibi-
tive.   At a more realistic level, compromises are struck:

-------
     •   completeness of data vs.  costs of collection,
     •   completeness of data vs.  accuracy of data,
     •   accuracy of data vs. costs  to handle data,
     •   completeness and accuracy of data vs.  ease  of  use,
     •   types of analyses vs. time  requirements,
     •   types of analyses vs. costs of analyses,  and
     •   types of analyses vs. value of information  in  analyses.
The result should be a data handling system which collects  essential
information with a moderate amount  of cost and effort, which  has  a
determinable measure of accuracy  at or above an accepted  standard,  and
which analyzes the data accurately  and usefully.  Each data handling
system develops out of the needs  of the I/M program it serves,
balancing the ideal  against the practical.   Describing the  data
handling system developed by Colorado reports  the efforts of  one  state
to design a means of measuring the  efficiency  and quality of  its  I/M
program.

1.2  Program Description
    Senate Bill 52 (S.B. 52) established the Colorado Automobile
Inspection and Readjustment (AIR) program.   The bill outlines an
annual, decenteralized inspection and adjustment  program.   Included in
the program are all  1968 and newer  model  passenger  cars and light-duty
trucks in the following categories:   1968 through 1978 model  years
with a gross vehicle weight rating  (GVWR) of 6,000  pounds or  less,  and
1979 and newer model years with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less.   All
diesel  and propane powered vehicles, as well  as motorcycles,  are
exempt.  The program area originally involved  a nine county area  along
the Colorado front range, from Colorado Springs in  the south  to Fort
Collins in the north.  One county was later excluded, leaving the

-------
program area the entire counties of Boulder,  Denver,  Douglas and
Jefferson and urban areas of Adams, Arapahoe,  El  Paso,  and Larimer
counties.
    Vehicles passing the idle test are issued a window  sticker marked
"pass."  Five mandatory adjustments to manufacturers' specifications
are made on vehicles for which emissions  exceed state cutpoints, then
a retest is conducted.   Only on 1981 and  newer vehicles are repairs
mandated ($100 maximum) and this not until  July 1,  1982.  Vehicles
which comply with the program requirements  but are  still  not able to
pass the state cutpoints are issued a window  sticker  marked "adjust."
Inspections and adjustments are conducted at  over 1,000 licensed pri-
vate garages by more than 3,000 licensed  mechanics.   Adjustment by the
vehicle owner is also allowed.   The window  sticker  marked "adjust"
cannot be issued unless the adjustments are done  by a licensed
emissions mechanic.  The maximum failure  rates allowed  by statute (S.B.
52) are 40% for 1968-1974 model  year vehicles  and 30% for 1975 and
newer model year vehicles.
    The AIR Program is  regulated by the Air Quality Control Commission,
an interdisciplinary committee appointed  by the legislature.  Two
state agencies, the Department of Health  (CDH) and  the  Department of
Revenue (CDR), share in the operational aspects of  the  program.
    The Department of Health,  Air Pollution Control Division, Mobile
Sources Section is the  agency  responsible for  technical aspects of the
AIR Program.  It operates three Vehicle Emissions Technical Centers at
which specialized tests can be conducted.   It  coordinates all data
handling; conducts public awareness activities; makes recommendations

-------
for emissions standards;  handles the mechanic  training and qualifica-
tion program; and maintains contact with the mechanics in  all  matters
related to 5.B. 52 and technical  aspects of the AIR  Program.   The
Mobile Sources Section functions as a technical  staff  to the Air
Quality Control Commission.  The Department of Revenue, Motor  Vehicle
Division is concerned primarily  with mechanic  and  station  licensing
(issue, deny, cancel, suspend,  revoke)  and enforcement.  Splitting
operational responsibilities between two agencies  calls for special
data handling efforts to  ensure  that each agency,  as well  as the
Commission, receives the  information it requires.
    The development of Colorado's AIR program  has  had  three distinct
phases to date.  A limited voluntary inspection  program (phase one) had
been operating  since 1974, from which emissions data  on about 20,000
vehicles had been gathered.  The first mandatory inspections and
adjustments (phase two) began July 1,  1981,  for  government fleets, new
cars, vehicles changing ownership, and vehicles  registering for the
first time in the program area  (new residents).  This  phase was expected
to encompass about 80,000 vehicles over its  six  month  span.  In
actuality, closer to 140,000 vehicles were inspected.  The inspection
form for the phase was printed with blue ink,  thus providing a convenient
designation for the data  collecting and handling:  the "blue system."
With only 10% of the anticipated volume for  the  annual, expanded
program, this July-December period functioned  as a "pilot  test" for
the full-volume program.   It allowed program staff opportunities to
test procedures, cutpoints, and  data analysis  programs.  Implementation
of the full scale program began  January 1,  1982, for an estimated 1.4
million vehicles in the program  area.

-------
This constitutes phase three,  also called the "green system"  after the
green inspection form.  The use of phases -  the change of ownership and
fleet I/M program (phase two)  and the full volume program (phase
three) - was a designed element intended to  ease program implemen-
tation.  The changes instituted for the "green system" frequently
resulted from problems and solutions identified during the "blue
system."

-------
2.0  PRE-IMPLEMENTATION PLANNING

2.1  Sources of Planning Information
    Sources of information used as input for pre-implementation  planning
included:
     •   data obtained in the seven-year old voluntary  inspection
        program,
     •   data accrued during several  contracted  studies completed for
        the State of Colorado over approximately  ten years,
     •   the data needs experienced by other I/M programs,  and
     •   the data needs of this program as outlined in  S.B. 52  and the
        State Implementation Plan (SIP).
2.2  Identifying Data Needs
    In 1980 the Colorado Department of Health (CDH) sought assistance
in evaluating the Air Division's entire data system.   Arthur Young &
Company of Dallas, Texas, was contracted to undertake  the  study.   The
project was completed in about eight months at  an entire project cost
of approximately $130,000.  Included in the study was  a section  on I/M
data needs, identifying the data requirements of  the AIR Program.
This section was subcontracted to Radian Corporation because of
Radian's experience with I/M programs.   Sections  of the report dealing
with the AIR Program appear in Appendix A of this document.  The
following raw data for the phases of the AIR Program emerged and are
outlined in Table 1.   The "Estimated" column states rough  estimates of
the total number of data elements which were expected  to be processed
annually for the "green system." The "Projected from Actual" column
includes later figures calculated from actual inspection volumes.  These
latter figures are sketchy.  Knowing actual  data  element quantities has
not been essential to program management and the  figures have  not been
officially tallied.

-------
Table 1:  ESTIMATIONS OF DATA VOLUMES


Type
Vehicle Identification
* License number
Vehicle Characteristics
• Model year
' Make
* No. of cy 1 Inders
Administrative
* Date of test
" Inspection station number
" Inspection station number
- for adjustment only
* Mechanic number
' Mechanic number - for adjustment only
' Certificate Issued
Cost
Inspection cost
Adjustment cost
Repair (labor) cost
Repair (parts) cost
Repair cost (total)
Inspection
Initial Test Visual Inspection (subcategory)
* Presence of catalytic converter
* Presence of fuel filler neck restrlctor
• Presence of AIR system
* Integrity of exhaust systems
Initial Test Emissions (subcategory)
* CO percentage
• CO pass/fal 1
' HC parts per mi 1 1 Ion
• HC pass/fall
Retest Visual (subcategory)
• Presence of catalytic converter
" Presence of fuel filler neck restrlctor
* Presence of AIR system
* Integrity of exhaust system
Retest Emissions (subcategory)
* CO percentage
' CO pass/fail
* HC parts per ml 1 1 Ion
• HC pass/fa! 1
DATA VC

Estimated3
for Green

1.5


1.5
1.5

1.5
1.5

0.1 (6.7%)
1.5
0.1
1.5

1.5
0.5
0.1
0.1
e


1.5
1 .5
.5
.5

.5
.5
.5
1.5

0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5

0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
LUMES (In mil
Projected
Blueb

.14

.14
.14
.14

.14
.14

.024 (17*)
.14
.024
.14

.14
.024
d
d
e


.149
.14
.14
.14

.14
.14
.14
.14

9
g
9
9

.024
.024
.024
.024
Ions)
from Actual
Green

1.4

1.4
1.4
1.4

1.4
1.4

0.29 (21$)c
1.4
0.29
1.4

1.4
0.29
e
e

-------
                        Table 1:  ESTIMATIONS OF DATA VOLUMES
Type
Repair
Voluntary Repair
Tune-up
Carburetor
Air cleaner
Choke
Other
Home adjust (subcategory )
CO percent
CO pass/fal 1
HC PPM
HC pass/fal 1
Overall CO and HC pass/fall
DATA VC
Estimated3
for Green


0.1
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.

LUMES (In mil
1-TojecTed
Blueb


1
I
I
[
i
I
I
e
I
e
1
Ions)
from Actual
Green


e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
    aArthur Young & Company, Colorado Air Pollution Control  Division Information System
[draft for review and correction by sponsor),  tn.p.: n.p.,  7 August 1981),  Section 2.5.8,
pp. 9-11.

    '"'Blue system" was six months;  "green system" Is annual  beginning January 1982.

    cActual stringency Is 17$ as of 4/1/82.  The standards  will  become more stringent and
Increase the failure rate to roughly 25$.  21$ average for  the year Is used here.

    '•'Repairs labeled "required" on  blue form but were actually only voluntary.  Repair Is
for 1981  and newer models and will  not be mandatory until  July 1,  1982.

    eData type not collected or estimated.

    'This figure will be a small percentage of the 1981  and newer  vehicle population as
the number of Inspected 1981 and newer vehicles Increases.   These  vehicles  are those which
stlI I  fat I  after adjustment.

    9A visual Inspection was conducted for all vehicles  under the  "blue system."  Failure
data has not been analyzed.

    hUnder the "green system" the visual  Inspection is for  1982  and newer models.  Because
new vehicles are automatically passed without an Inspection when new,  1982  models will not
be Inspected until 1983.  First Inspection figures will  be  0$ for  1982, growing to an
estimated 50$ of the volume of inspections by  1987.  Economic factors could skew the
projections that 50$ of the vehicle population in 1987 will  be 1982 or newer.  A failure
rate is difficult to estimate and is a measure of the amount of  tampering occurring.

    'NO projections available.

-------
    The discrepancies between the estimated  volumes  and  the  volumes
projected from actual  inspection data  are  significant.   This does  not
deny the value of pre-implementation study,  or  even  a  study  completed
by an outside contractor.   It does suggest that figures  generated
early in planning stages should be used  only as indicators of
magnitude.
    Identifying data needs for the AIR Program  has been  handled pri-
marily by CDH Air Pollution Control Division staff members.   They  are
familiar with the history  of I/M in the  state and thoroughly  acquain-
ted with procedural  and administrative aspects  of this program and I/M
in general.  The primary responsibility  of one  member, Kenneth Nelson,
is data handling.  His background includes data processing as it per-
tains to air pollution, and this familiarity with data processing  con-
cepts is beneficial  when working with  CDH  Data  Services  staff members.
It is this latter section, headed hy Robert  Little and under  the imme-
diate supervision of Richard Fawcett,  which  handles  actual computer
programming and systems design.
    Identifying data needs is a constant process of  reassessment.  As
legislation and regulation altered the program  design, the identified
data needs would require re-evaluation to  be sure that type  or volume
was not affected.  At each juncture a  decision  also  needed to be made
about the value of the information gathered  and the  effort required to
obtain it.  Did one outweigh the other?  Should a compromise be
struck?  Identifying data  needs continues, even when the program is
operational, albeit to lesser degrees.  To be efficient, only essen-
tial data should be gathered, but a constant redefinition of
"essential" shows an awareness of the  kaleidoscopic  aspect of opera-
tional I/M programs.
                                 10

-------
2.3  Sampling
    The anticipated volume of inspection  data  prompted Colorado  to
consider using data sampling techniques rather than  the  entire volume
of data.  Sampling is expected to  produce less precise results than
full volume analysis, but by greatly  reducing  the  amount of  data
handled, costs are also reduced.   The risks  of sampling  include
possible bias in the collected data,  thereby producing inaccurate
results, and insufficient cost savings to balance  the expected
decrease in accuracy.  Dr.  Elmer Remmenga, professor of  Statistics,
Colorado State Univesity, proposed a  25%  sample size of  a 1.4 million
records base.  Even at that, the sample would  still  encompass about
350,000 inspection reports annually.   In  Dr. Remrnenga's  October  9, 1980
report to the Department of Health he suggests:
     With equal  sample sizes, it would be very easy  to obtain the
     probability that each station is out of compliance  each sampled
     month for percent failed and  change  in  HC and CO.
     Optical scanner records leading  to an overall 80-90 percent
     sample would be preferable for efficiency,  economics, and
     statistics.^

2.4  Data Collecting and Handling  Alternatives
    In Dr. Remmenga1s estimation,  a seni-automated data  collection
process using the entire database  and with a 80-90%  accuracy level
was preferable to using sampling techniques.   Additional  research
pointed out that using a semi-automated system and all the data
records was not outrageously more  expensive  than a semi-automated
    ^Elmer Remmenga,  unpublished report  to Colorado Department of
Health, "Sample Size  and Sample  Plan  Considerations for Evaluating
Emission Test Records for Consumer Protection," 9 October 1980, p. 2.
The report appears in its entirety in Appendix B of this document.
                                 11

-------
system accessing only a sample of the collected data.  Perhaps more
importantly, the accuracy of the analyses using all the data would be
greater than if only a sample of the data were used.  Using machine
readable forms, hand-coded by the inspecting mechanic, appeared to be
a viable option in the progression of data collection and handling
alternatives (Table 2).
    The following five alternatives were considered by the CDH staff:
                Table 2:  DATA COLLECTING AND HANDLING ALTERNATIVES
                    COLLECTING
HANDLING
inual
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
homated
At Stations
handwritten
handwritten
hand coded
data tape in analyzer
and manually keyed
data
data tape in analyzer
and manual ly keyed
data
From Stations
by AIR staff
by AIR staff
by AIR staff
by AIR staff .
data transfer over
phone 1 ines
Submission
manual ly tabulated
keypunched
machine read
computer
computer
Ana lyses
manual
computer
computer
computer
computer
     1.   A totally manual  system was out of the auestion considering
         the data volume.   The necessity for computer analysis was
         obvious.  The primary problem was how to submit the data to
         the computer.

     2.   Keypunching was a possibility, but suffered from inherent
         problems.  CDH estimates in August 1980 for data entry costs
         totaled $87,500 for 1.4 million inspections.  Quality control
         of the data would demand that each inspection be keypunched
         twice, producing between two and three million records
         annually.  Because the keypunchers would be reading handwrit-
         ten copy, there appeared to be additional room for error
         beyond that intrinsic to keypunching.
                                 12

-------
3.  Using a machine readable form would eliminate  keypunching.
    The design of the form stipulates  limits  on  the values which
    can be coded.  A higher rate  of accuracy  is  thereby
    promoted.   The forms  are traceable to  the inspection  station
    and mechanic, even manually,  if need be.   No special  equip-
    ment is required by the inspection stations.   The concept was
    already familiar to the CDH staff  because machine readable
    forms had been used for several  years  in  the Colorado
    Mechanics' Training Program to record  answers  for the cer-
    tification test and to gather demographic information (see
    sections 2.5 and 3.2  of this  document).

4.  Purchasing special data collecting analyzers was considered
    but would have placed undue economic burden  on the inspection
    stations.   Although the automatically  collected data  would be
    accurate,  there would be a risk of the manually keyed,
    vehicle specific data being inaccurate.   Tracing or even
    identifying the inaccuracies  would be  extremely difficult.
    These units typically are self diagnostic, an  advantage over
    analyzers which do not collect data.   Additionally, the
    reviewing legislative body felt uncertain that the automated
    analyzers ultimately  would be available at the costs  and
    conditions stated by  the interested manufacturers.

5.  This system would be  similar  to that outlined  under alternative
    four, except the data tapes would  not  need to  be manually
    collected.  The problems would be  similar, but could  be
    compounded by the application of data  transmission to a
    decentralized program.
                            13

-------
    Two other systems were proposed as combinations of type  three and
four alternatives.  One system attached to a standard analyzer,  converted
the analog data to digital,  and transmitted it to  a computer.  A major
concern centered around whether this "black box" would be  compatible
with the variety of analyzers in use.   The other system was  simply  a
keyboard on which all the data would be typed and  thereby  transmitted
to a computer.  The typing seemed to represent one more step removed
from the actual data and could introduce an unusual  amount of  error.
Rather than attempt a hybrid system, the AIR program elected to  use
machine readable forms.

2.5  Additional Investigations
    Before the decision could be made  to use machine read  forms,  the
topic needed further investigation.   Optical  scanning equipment  can be
either Optical Character Readers (OCR), which decipher characters
on a page, or Optical Mark Readers (OMR),  which simply detect  the
absence or presence of marks, but not their shapes.
    The COM Data Services Section,  being better aware of the entire
scope of data needs for the  Air Polution Control Division, had
explored the feasibility of  optical  character recognition  (OCR)  equip-
ment.  Such a system actually ascertains which character is  present in
a field rather than simply sensing whether a mark  is present.  OCR  is
very versatile and could be  used by other programs  within  the Health
Department.  The writer is not limited to just a Number 2  pencil;
colored pen or pencil can be used.   The equipment  appeared to be more
reliable than mark sensors,  and text could even be  input into word  pro-
cessing equipment elsewhere  in the Department of Health.   The primary
                                 14

-------
problem with the AIR Program application lay in the OCR's speed:   at a
read rate of 225 inspection forms per hour,  it could not handle the
expected volume of data.   Frequent operator  intervention was also
required.  Equipment costs can begin at $65,000 for this type of OCR
system.  Another optical  reader system which Colorado considered read
hand printed numerals.  Unfortunately, alphabetic characters were not
as easily read, and Colorado vehicle licenses include both alphabetic
and numeric characters.   Other drawbacks of  using this system included
a high purchase price, a mechanics'  training component which would be
needed to teach mechanics how to correctly write the digits, and
problems associated with the system's uniqueness:   a back-up system
would not be available,  and timely service could be unavailable.
After investigating the  potential  of this system,  CDH concluded it
would not be feasible for reasons of reliability and cost.
    The Colorado Emissions Mechanic  Training Program provided a signi-
ficant opportunity to investigate a  mark sensing system.   Since
1977 Colorado State University, the  contractor for the training
program, has been using  a machine readable form to record demographic
information about the mechanics as well  as the mechanics'  answers for
the certification test.   The forms underwent several  design changes
the first several years.   Because the forms  are computer generated and
printed on campus, redesigning the form is not difficult.   The form
can be printed on a variety of papers with dimensions from about
3" x 5" to 81£" x 11" or slightly larger. Red pre-printed text is in
an 80 character by 60 line area on an 81/2" x 11" page.  The typeface is
a standard ten character per inch, six lines per vertical  inch,  all
upper case, numbers and  selected symbols. An IBM 3881 Optical  Mark
                                 15

-------
Reader scans the forms for circles blackened with a Number 2 pencil in
selected areas of the form.  It converts that data from printed form
to numbers recorded on a 7-track tape.   The taped data can undergo
whatever computer analysis is necessary.  The IBM 3881 can read an
average of 3,000 forms per hour, depending on the type of form.
Because mechanics complete this form when they take the qualification
test for AIR Program licensing, they are already familiar with the
concept of machine readable forms.
    AIR Program staff was also familiar with Illinois' decentralized
truck safety data collection system.  It has used machine readable
forms since 1975.  In telephone discussions, an Illinois staff member
related that their program initially had a roughly 50% completion
rate, but that the rate had risen to a  consistent 85% base rate on the
initial reading.  Some errors are correctable, so that fewer than
1,000 forms out. of each batch are unusable.  The Illinois program pro-
cesses 10,000 forns in each batch using an IBM 3881 optical  mark
reader.  More than 90% of the safety testers underwent training in
regional workshops.  The Illinois program seems .to be the only other
program in the United States using machine readable forms in a garage
environment.
    A data collection and handling system relying on coded forms and
a mark sensor seemed increasingly feasible for the Colorado  AIR
Program.  The ultimate decision would depend on two points:-
    • the cost of the data system, and
    • the availability and type of equipment in Colorado.
These two points were investigated by the CDH Data Services  Section
for the AIR Program.
                                 16

-------
    A decentralized system was one  possibility:  several relatively
simple scanners distributed throughout  the  program area would read
                                                  x
inspection forms at decentralized collection  sites.  The data could be
transmitted over telephone lines  to a centrally located computer for
analysis.  The Scan-tron model scanner  which  was proposed costs
approximately $2,000 per unit. Unfortunately there was insufficient
time to investigate thoroughly the  reliability of that equipment.
Were the AIR Program state-wide there also  would be greater incentive
for a decentralized data collection system; the current program area
is within one and a half hour's driving time  of Denver and currently
does not justify a more elaborate,  and  perhaps less reliable, com-
munications network.  A centralized scanner system was decided upon.
    Should CUH buy time on mark sensing equipment, or should it
purchase the equipment?  Although there probably are enough applica-
tions within the Department to support  the  equipment, the decision was
made to buy services.  The bids for services  varied widely, but the
successful bidder proposed a package that was more cost effective than
purchasing the equipment.  The compromise which offsets the lower
costs is the decreased availability of  the  equipment for programming
changes.  Delays in changing source codes,  for example, are to be
expected simply because the equipment is not  conveniently on site.
    Availability was the determining factor in deciding which equipment
to use.  Data Services staff discovered that  several sites were
available in the Denver area, and that  most of them were public school
systems.  Additionally, almost all  of them  used National Computer
Systems, Inc. (NCS) equipment, perhaps  because of  NCS' marketing
thrust.  The NCS systems could cope with the  types and volumes of AIR
                                 17

-------
Program data, so the remaining point was  cost.   Denver Public Schools
(DPS), at 3800 York,.. approximately  three  miles  from CDH offices,
entered into an agreement with CDH.   Because  DPS is also  a  governmental
agency, it could offer scanning services  at $20 per hour, chargeable
by the minute.  Its equipment is a  NCS  Sentry 7010 with limited computer
capability and a maximum read rate  of 3,000 forms per hour.  Practically
speaking, 2,000 forms per hour is a typical functional rate.  A system
of this type can cost more than $85,000.  A formal letter of agreement,
renewable annually, was made  with DPS for the use of their  equipment,
and that agreement has undergone minor  modifications since  it first
went into effect.  The relationship between the AIR Program and DPS
seems cordial enough that minor problems  in the system can  be handled
without formal negotiations.   Items  to  be considered in a formal
agreement with a contractor include:
    • How many forms will  be  read in a  given  time period  (e.g. 20,000
      forms per week)?
    • Will  the contractor make arrangements to  have forms read
      elsewhere if his equipment goes down?   Who pays the third party?
    • Will  the contractor guarantee use of the  existing equipment over
      several years or a recourse if the  contractor changes equipment?
    • What schedules will  be  kept by both parties?
    • What accessibility for  programming  will be allowed?
    • Can other services be provided (orienting forms, storage, etc.)?
    • What will the costs be  and what are the payment .schedules?
    The Colorado AIR Program  chose  optical mark sensing equipment
because neither a less automated nor a  more automated system seemed
feasible.  Less automated systems could not cope with the data
volumes; more automated systems - specifically  data collecting
                                 18

-------
analyzers - put undue financial  burdens on the inspection stations  and
could prove less reliable than predicted.   Other types  of optical
scanning equipment were rejected because of high costs, lack  of
availability, slow speeds, or poor reliability.   Additionally,  optical
mark sensing equipment was available at several  sites and at
reasonable rates.  A formal  agreement with the contractor ended the
hunt for adequate equipment and  moved the AIR  Program data system into
implementation.
                                 19

-------
3.0  IMPLEMENTATION OF DATA SYSTEM

3.1  Inspection Form
    The inspection form is a crucial  element of the data  collection
process.  The form currently in use by the Colorado AIR Program  is the
product of months of development by AIR Program staff.  Numerous
designs evolved over this period.   Although some of the design changes
were necessitated by program modifications, most were  initiated  by the
AIR Program staff to clarify and simplify  the form, making  it more
efficient and insuring that it collected essential  data.  The develop-
mental process might have been shortened if the AIR Program staff had
been able to consult forms design  experts  much earlier.   As it was,
the National Computer Systems, Inc. (NCS)  class on  forms  design  could
not be scheduled until June 1981,  six months after  forms  design work
was begun.  An NCS instructor taught the five day course  in Denver for
the AIR Program at a cost of $2,200.
    A concern of the program was to provide the motorist  with a copy
of pertinent data for the inspected car.   If the vehicle  failed  the
inspection, the owner could choose to have the vehicle adjusted  other
than at the original inspection station and would need the  inspection
information for a free re-test at  the original  station.   A  tear-off
part of the inspection form, kept  in the glove compartment  of the car,
was originally planned.  The inspection procedure therefore required
entering selected data on both the top section and  the bottom, tear-
off section of the form.   Later, the motorist's form was  converted
from a tear-off section of the first page  to the entire third page of
a three page carbon form.  Still,  designing the front page  so that it
was compatible with the last (third)  page  presented many  complications.

                                21

-------
    Changes initiated over the development of the form include:

    • coding the inspection stations'  and mechanics'  numbers  rather
      than writing them in by hand
    • avoiding double entries
    • decreasing the amount of information to be coded
         • collecting only total  repair costs, not broken  down by
           labor and parts
         • collecting rounded dollar amounts instead  of dollars  and
           cents
         • collecting number of cylinders, not cylinders and  displace-
           ment
    • numbering the data blocks to help guide the mechanic in using
      the form
    • adding, then deleting areas where validation punches could be
      used
    • printing more explicit instructions on the form,  and
    • moving data blocks on the form
         • for more prominence, and
         • to follow the flow of procedures more closely rather  than
           grouping types of data.

    The MCS scanner assumes alphabetic characters begin columns; a

program was written to restructure the license data,  but the  AIR staff

now knows the alphabetic characters in each column should  precede the

numeric characters.  This is an example of equipment-specific require-

ments which impact other aspects  of the data system.

    Based on the data required, the size of the form  has become  8l/2"  x

12", with a 5/8" strip at the top to hold the three pages  and two car-

bon sheets together.   The design  of the form is a decision to which

both the Department of Revenue (CDR) and the Department of Health (CDH)

contribute.   CDH handles the technical  design considerations with MCS,

but the ordering and handling of  the forms is a responsibility of CDR.

The printing costs vary from $.074 to  $.096 per form,  depending  on  the

quantity ordered.  Additional  mock-up  costs are applicable (Appendix

F).  They are ordered in quantities of 750,000 now that the program

is operating at full  volume.   Five weeks time from order to delivery

is typical.   The forms are printed in  color (July 1981  - December 1981

in blue; January 1982 and later in green)  to aid distinction between

                                 22

-------
the two forms.   NCS prints the forms  on its  own  "Trans-Optic"® bond
paper, which is guaranteed readable;  other firms have  informed the AIR
Program that they can print the forms at a lower cost,  but  no  decision
has been made regarding changing from NCS printed forms.   In Figure  1
are printed, in reduced format, the "blue form"  used from July to
December, 1981  and the "green form" currently  in use.   The  instructions
appear on the reverse of the third page of each  inspection  form.  As
                     , i
an example of the types of changes which have  occurred  or which are
scheduled to occur, contrast the two  forms in  Figure 1  (full sized
photographs of the forms appear in Appendix  D).   Because of a  con-
templated change in the standards, the next,  revision of the inspection
form will eliminate the printed block with the state standards, thus
avoiding the obsolete form problem.  The two empty blocks  on the green
form have been reserved for the two-speed idle test data to be
gathered beginning in July 1982 for 1981 and newer vehicles.   A copy
of this newest form also appears in Appendix D.
    Although a complete redesign of the computer data  capture  program
took place with the change from the blue forms to the  green, it was
necessitated by other factors (sections 4.1  and  4.2) than  the  form
revision alone.  Even small changes on the form  can require major
reprogramming because of the interrelations  of data, data  manipulation,
and equipment requirements.
    Compromises on the form include some hand-written  information
(collected as a last recourse for manual vehicle matching)  and financial
data collected only to the dollar.  The newest form asks the mechanic
to enter the actual cost, including cents, then  code only  the  dollar
amount.  This discourages rounding the dollar amounts.  Compensation
factors are included in financial calculations where appropriate.
                                  23

-------
                                                                                           Figure  1:   FORMS  CONTRAST

                                                                                                   FIRST  PAGE
                                                   Blue System
                                            July - December  198)
                                                                                                           Green  Systeo
                                                                                                    January  1982  - Current
ro
                      COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
                      -AIR" PROGRAM INSPECTION/READJUSTMENT
                                   REPORT
                                                                 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
 ' MAKE

AMC O
AUDI O
AUHE©
AUST ©
IMWO
IUCK O
CADI O
CHEK O
CHEV
CHRY
DATS O
DODGO
FIAT
FOHO ©
BOND©
INTE O
IAGU O
JEEP O
LANC
UNC O
MA2DO
 lEBZQ
MERCO
MG  O
OLDS O
OPEL O
  'O
PONT O
PORS Q
PUGT
RENA O
SAAB O
SUBAQ
TOY Q
TRIP
VOLK O
VOIV O
OTHRQ
                        ® LICENSE PLATE
                        0©©©©0
                        ©©©©©©
                        ©©©©0®
                        0©©®®©
                        ©©©©0©
                        ®@©®®©
                        ©©©©©©
                        ©©©©©©
                        ©©©©©©
                         I  I  I  I I
                        ©o©©o©
                        ©©©©s©
                        ©©©©©©
                        ©0®®©®
                        ©0©0©©
©0
O©
  ©
  ©
  ©
  0
  ©
  ©
  ©
 _©_
O®
®©
®©
  ©
  ©
  ©
  ©
  0
  ©
  ©
  ©
  ©
  ©
  ©
  ©
®@
©S®©
©®O©
©®®©
®@©®
©©©©
                                                     0®©©
O©0©
©®@©
                     HI
                                                              0©Q®
                                                              ©®®@
                                                              0©0©
                                                                       ®R5
                  ©0
                  0®
                  0®
                                   ©S
                    Q RETE5T EMISSIONS LEVELS
                                    o®
                                            COSTS (IN DOLLARS)
I
o©
  ©
  ©
  ©
  ©
  ©
  ©
                                               ©O©
                                                 •tUWlKD REPAID
                                               ©e©
     ©®©
     ©©©
     ©®©
     ®e©
©00©©©©©©©
©©©©©©©©©©
©©©©©©©©©©
                                                              &
                                                                      RETCST
                        VISUAL UUPHIIUi
                                  FAILED
                      CATALniC CONVERTER O
                      FUEl RESTRICTOR    O
                      AIR SYSTEM       O
                      EXHAUST
                      SYSTEM INTEGRITY   O
                                                                                     CERimCAnON ISSUED
                                                                                      COMPLIANCE O
                                                                                      ADJUSTMENT O
                                                                                      DENIED    O
                                                                                  ©®.o
                               0.0E,
                               ®.®
                               ©.©
                                                                                             000©
                                                                                             ©oo©
                                                                                      ©  PASS  ©
                                                                                      ©  FAIL  ©
                                          ©0©
                                          0®®
                                          ©0©
                                                                  1 anil OM 1 km
                                                                  at i«Y runn*
                                                                  tin nte ud
                                      ptrtonurf Out ioifiono
                                           a nxordnci wilt
                                         el to Coterido AIR
                                                                    SIGUTUIE OF UCStSED EMISSIM HECHMIC
                                                                                          124693
© FIRST TUT
VISUAL IKSKCnOtt
CATALYTIC COKVERTER O
FUQ RESTRICTOR O
AIR SYSTEM Q
EXHAUST
SYSTEM INTEGRITY O
© HRST TOT EMISSIONS LfVEU
%co
1
0®L®
©©©
®J©
®L®
&S
<5X®
®G>
a®
Utti
ffmK

®®@®
Q©0©
®@®®
®®0
©0©
®e®
©0©
©0©
®@®
^0©
Q VOLUNTARY REPAIR
TUNE-UP O
CARBURETOR O
AIR CLEANER O
CHOKE O
OTHER O


@ HOME ADJUST
%CO p*aNC
H H_
PASSO
FAIl O


Q ADJUSTMENT ONLY
STATION
NUMBER

©®@®
©0O©
®®@®
®00®
®0©0
0©0®
®®®®
©00®
®®@®
®®@®
MECHAKIC

®®@®
©000
©00®
©0®®
0©©©
©®@®
©@®®
©00©
©00®
0®®®

                                              PASS
                                              FAIL
                                          USE A NUMBER 2 PENCIL ONLY ON THIS FORM
                                            FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS ON REVERSE SIDE

                                              THIS COPY TO DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
                                                                                          PAGE1
                                                                                                                                         COLORADO "AIR" PROGRAM REPORT
                                                                             VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
                                                                                                     VEH.
                                                                                                     ADDRESS
AMC  O
AUDI  O
AUHE  O
AllST  O
BMW  O
BUCK  O
    O
CBEK  O
CHEV  O
CHRY  O
OATS  O
DODO O
FIAT  O
FORD  O
HOND O
INTE  O
JAGU  O
JEEP  O
LANC  O
UNC  O
MAZO O
MEBZ  0
MERCQ
    O
OLDS  O
OPEL  O
FVFM  O
PONT  O
PORS  O
PUGT  O
RENA  O
SAAB  O
SUBA  O
TOY  O
TRIP  O
VOU  O
VOIV  O
  a  O
                                                                                                                       © LICENSE PUTE
OOOOOO
©®®00©
                                                                                                                      O®®©0©
                                                                                                                       O©®0®©
                                                                                                                       ©S®®®®
                                                         ®00®©®
                                                         ©0©©©®
                                                         0©©®©®
                                                         ®©©©®®
                                                         ©0©0©©
                                                         ©0®®®®
                                                         00®®®®
                                                         ©00OOO
                                                         ©00©©©
                                                         ©0©®©®
                                                         ©0©O©©
                                                                  ©®®®@©
                                                                  0©©®®0
                                                                                                                      ©©®0®0
                                                                                                                       ©s©®®®
                                                                                                                       ©©©©©o
                                                                                                                       0©S®©O
                                                                                         ©®
                                                                                         o©
                                                                                           ©
                                                                                           ©
                                                                                           ©
                                                                                           0
                                                                                           ©
                                                                                           ©
0©
0©
©©
0©
  ©
  0
©00©
®00©
©00©
0©©©
©00®
©00®
©00©
0®0®
                                                                                                                   ®@®@
                                                                                                                   ®©®0
Q FIRST TEST VISUAL
82 OR NEWER O
PASSED FAILED
© CATALYTIC CONVERTER ©
© FUEL RESTRICTOR ©
©AIR SYSTEM ©
O 81 OR OLDER

0 FIRST TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
KCO
1 1
©©©
©0©
0©
0©
0©
0®
0©
0©
0©
0©

ihtfi
Inrif
ntfet
Itutufe
IMM.
P.. »C

©©©©
OOO©
©00©
©0©
©e©
®®®
©0©
©0©
0®®
©©©
'"© Flf O*
                                                                           USE ONLY A NUMBER TWO 121 PENCIL ON THIS FORM
                                                                              FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS ON REVERSE SIDE
                                                                                               000®
                                                                                               0®®®
                                                                                               ©0®©
                                                                                               0©®®
                                                                                                                                                                       '5   ©
©O
®®
®0
©0
®®
®®
©O
®®
£1®.
0®
O©
  ©
  ©
  ©
                                                                                                                                                                                 Q CERTIFICATION ISSUED
                                                                 82 Ofl NEWER Q
                                                           PASSfO          FAIHO
                                                           © CATALYTIC CONVERTER ©
                                                           © FUEL fiESTfllCTOR   Q
                                                           © AIR SYSTEM      Q
                                                                                                                                                                                 Q B1 OR OIDEH
                                                                                                                       COMPLIANCE O
                                                                                                                       ADJUSTMENT O
                                                                                                                       DENIED    Q
                                                                                                                        FINAL TEST VISUAL
                                                                                                                                                                                 ©FINAL TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
                                                                                                                            000
                                                                                                                              0®
                                                                                                                              ®0
                                                                                                                              0©
                                                                                                                              0©
                                                                                                                              0©
                                                                                                                              0©
                                                                                                                              0®
                                                                                                                              0©
                                                                                                                                                                                             LL
                                                                      ©©©©
                                                                      ©ooo
                                                                      ©OS®
                                                                       O®0
                                                                       ®s©
                                                                                                                                ©0©
                                                                                                                                ©©©
                                                                                                                                ©©©
                                                                                                                                & PASS ©
                                                                                                                               °© FAIl ©"
                                                                                                                                                                                          564450
                                                                                                                                                             ©    "AIR" PROGRAM ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                                                                                                             ©OQ®
                                                                                                                                                             ©®®0
                                                                                                                                                             000©
                                                                                                                                                             0©®®
                                                                                                                                                             ©®®0
                                                                                                                            ©00®
                                                                                                                            ©OO©
                                                                                                                            0©0©
                                                                                                                            ©0O0
                                                                                                                            ©00©
                                                                                                                            ©0®®
                                                                                                                                                                      ©0©0
                                                                                                                                                                      0®®®
                                                                                                                                                                      00®®
                                                                                                                                                             MODEL  ItU.    1111-
                                                                                                                                                             YEAR   1111    111.
                                                                                                                                                            eoiM   T.O

                                                                                                                                                            HCIip>l im
                                                                                                                                                            1  I emifr tbil I hurt BtrforanJ thii inspection in »
                                                                                                                                                              with tht talM ltd gtudilmn gf tbi Catend* AIR Pragitm.
                                                                                                                          SICNATUIK (U LICFJIUD EWSSTCH MICHAIIC
                                                                                                                                          THIS COPY TO BE PICKED UP 8Y DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE

-------
                                                                    FIRST PAGE
ro
en
                               Blue System
                          July -  December  1981
                      Not collected.
                      Title:   Department of  Health  "AIR" Program
                      Inspection/Readjustment Report.

                      Alternate coding columns shaded  for  ease  of  use.
                      Data block  16 groups  all  dollar  costs.
Instruction say "Cost (in dollars)" and only dollar
blocks are available.  Rounded dollars could be
given.  Repair costs are collected for both parts
and labor.

Data block 9:  attached to block 10,  producing a
complicated  looking box.  Circle coded only if
status is "fail."  On which models the visual
inspection is to be conducted is not specified.
                      Data block  10  and 12:   HC  and CO  pass/fail  circles
                      not boxed.

                      Data blocks for adjustment and retest  (11,  12,  14)
                      scattered on page.   Second test labeled  "retest."

                      Block 13:   home adjustment data captured.

                      Emissions standards printed lower left.   Signature
                      block in middle of  page.
                      Instructions:   "Use a  number  2  pencil  on Iy  on  this
                      form...This  copy  to Department  of  Health."
                                                                    Green System
                                                               January  1982  - Current
                                                          Certificate (sticker)  number  written  in  allows
                                                          matching of sticker,  vehicle,  and  inspection
                                                          form if  necessary.   Vehicle owner's name and
                                                          address  recorded for manual  identification  if
                                                          necessary.

                                                          Title:   Colorado "AIR" Program Report.
All mandatory data blocks for the first Inspection
shaded to focus attention on them,  and alternate
coding columns shaded darker.

Data block 9 is inspection cost,  grouped with
other inspection activities, not other costs.
Mechanic writes in dollars and cents,  then codes
only dollars.

Adjustment costs appear in block 12 with other
adjustment data.  Repair costs (total  only and
requested specifically for 1981  and newer models)
are in block 13.

Exhaust system integrity section as separate block and
more clearly labeled.  More complete instructions,
Including mechanic identifying whether 81 or older/
82 or newer vehicle.   Pass and fail options avail-
able, not just fail,  and Iabeled as P  and F within
coding circles.

Pass/fail circles included  in data blocks and more
clearly labeled.

Adjustment data grouped (12, 13,  14, 15).  Second
test now called "final test."

Block eliminated.

Emissions standards printed  lower right, over
bottom right signature block.  Space left on form
for data blocks to be added as needed.

Instructions rewritten for accuracy:  "Use only
a number two (2) pencil on this form...This copy
to be picked up by Department of Revenue."

-------
                                                                                            SECOND PAGE
                                                Blue  System
                                         July  - December  1981
                                                                                                                               Green Systeai
                                                                                                                         January 1982  -  Current
ro
en
                                                                              NCft Tram-Optic B1C
                  COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
                  -AIR" PROGRAM INSPECnON/READJUSTMENT
                               REPORT
0
VEHICLE momnttTia UMBER

              ' MAKE
AMC O
AUDI
AUHEQ
AUST O
IMVlO
IUCX O
CADI_O
CHEK'O
CHEV
CHRY O
DATS O
OODGO
FIAT O
FORD O
BOND©
INTE ©
JAGU ©
JEEP ©
LASC ©
LIKC O
MAZDO
MEBZO
MERC©
   O
OLDS ©
OPEL ©
aYM
PONT
POHS O
PU6T O
RENA O
SAAB O
SUBA O
TOY O
TRIP O
VOIK ©
VOLV ©
OTHRQ
                    © LICENSE PLATE
                    ©OS©©©
                    ©®©©©®
                    ®®©®©©
                    ©©©©©©
                    ®®©®s©
                    ©©©©©©
                    ©®©@®®
©©©©0®
                    ©0©©©0
                    0®©®©®
                    ©®©®©®
                    ©©©©©©
                    ©®©©©®
                    ©©©©©©
                    ©o®©©©
                    ©©©©S©
©©
  ©
  ©
  ©
  ©

  ©
                 0©
                 ©®
                 ©®
                   ©
0©©0
0®©0
©©©©
©®0®
                                                ©©©©
                      ©0©Q
                      ®©®0
                      ®@®0
                                                        ©0©©
                                                                 ©s&
o®
®©
®®
Q©
®©
®©
0®
©®
@®
                                                         ®S
                                                                      ®©
                                                                      ©0
                                                                           © CERTIFICATION ISSUED
                                                                           @ HFJtST EMISSIONS LEVELS
                                                           COMPLIANCE ©
                                                           ADJUSTMENT ©
                                                           DEWED    ©
l~cT1
                                                       ©0X3
                                                         ©0
                                                                                       I
@ COSTS (IN DOLLAR!)
IBIP.
Z
©©
©
©
©
©
©
©
©

AU.

®©
®©
©
©
©
©
©
©
©



REaillRID REPAIR
LABOR



®®@
©e©
®ffi®
®@®
®S®
©S®
0®0
©©©
©®®
©®®



PARTS



I©©Q©©0©©0©
ks>®©©®©®®0®
|©®0©©©©©0©


0 RETEST
VISUAL INSPECTUM
IMS
CATALYTIC CONVERTER O
FUEL RESTRICTOR O
AIR SYSTEM Q
EXHAUST
SYSTEM INTEGRITY O

©.©
©®
©L®
©L®
(HtH.
©0©
©®0
©(?)(•)
© PASS ©
© FAIL ®
0 1 entity Uul 1 km pifomd tfcii inpwtbui
•ad lay rtfidnd irfJMtMmts at McordaftM with
tbi nta nd fuUma tl fe Cikmdo Alfl
SIGNATURE OF LICENSED EMISSION MECHANIC
                                                                                   124693
                                  ® FIRST TEIT EMISSION! LEVELS
                                               n»«t
                                         FIRST TEST
                            FAILED
                 CATALYTIC CONVERTER O
                 FUEl RESTRICTOR   Q
                 AIR SYSTEM      Q
                 EXHAUST
                 SYSTEM IHTEMITY  Q
                                    T
©©©
©0©
  ©©
  ©.©
  ®i®
                                   ®.®
                                   a®
                                              ©00©
                                              0©0®
                                               ©0©
                                               ©0©
                                               ©0©
                                               ©0©
                                               ©0©
                                                      Q  VOLUNTARY REPAIR
          TUNE-UP
          CARBURETOR
          AIR CLEANER
          CHOKE
          OTHER
            [wtcitrl
                                                 PASS©

                                                 FAIL O
                                                                        Q  ADJUSTMENT ONLY
                                                                        ©®@®
                                                                        ©©©©
                                                           ©©©©
                                                           ©©®©
                                                          ©©©©
                                                          ®©®0
                                               ©©0©
                                               ®@®©
                                               ®®S©
                                               ©®®©
                                                                                0©0©
                                     ©PASS   ©
                                     ®  FAIL   ©
                                     THIS COPY TO BE FILED AT AIR PROGRAM STATION
                                                                                                                                    COLORADO "AIR" PROGRAM REPORT
                                                                                                                                                                             tiCS Trim-Optic BIO 3204
                                                                                                     VEHICLE inEHTIHUTHM NUMBER
AMC O
AUDI O
AUHE ©
AUST O
BMW O
BUCK O
CAOI O
CHEK O
CHEV O
CHRY ©
OATS O
OODG©
HAT O
FORD O
HOND©
IIHE O
JAGU O
JEEP O
LANE O
LUIC O
MAZOO
MEBZO
MERC©
MB O
OU1S O
OPEl O
PtYMO
PONTO
PORS O
TOT O
RENA O
SAAB O
SUBA O
   O
TRIP O
VOIK O
VOLV O
OTHR C
                                                                                                                  © LICENSE PLAH
©®0©©©
®©®©©®
                                                                                                                  ©©©©S®
                                                                   ®©®®©©
                                                                   ®®®®@®
                                                                   ®®®®®®
                                                                   ®®0®©©
                                                                                              ©©©00©
                                                                                              ©©©©©©
                                                                                              ©©©©©©
                                                                                              ©©©©©©
                                                                                                                  0©©©®©
®®
o©
  ©
  ®
  ©
  ®
  ®
  ®
  ®
  S
©©
0®
©©
  ©
  ©
O©©©
®©®©
©©S©
©S©©
                                                                                                                                              ©00©
0®®O
0©®©
0®®®
                                                                                                                                                       ©©©•©
                                                                                                                                                       ®®s®
                                                                                                                                                       ®00®
                                                                                                                                                               ©S
                                                                                                                0©
©0
  ©
  ©
  ®
  ®
  ®
                                                                                                                                                                          ® CERTIFICATION ISSUED
                                                                                                                                                            SI OB NEWEB O
                                                                                                                                                      PASStD          FAIliO
                                                                                                                                                        CATALYTIC CDNVERTEB ©
                                                                                                                                                      © FUEl RESTRICTOR    ©
                                                                                                                                                      © AIR SYSTEM       ©
                                                                                                                                                                          Q Bl OR OLDER
                                                                                                                             COMPLIANCE ©
                                                                                                                             ADJUSTMENT Q
                                                                                                                             DENIED    Q
                                                                                                                                                                              FINAL TEST VISUAL
                                                                                                                                                                          ® FINAL TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
                                                                                                                          ©0®
                                                                                                                          ©0©
                                                                                                                            0®
                                                                                                                            ©©
                                                                                                                            ©®
                                                                                                                            ©©
                                                                                                                                                        ©©
                                                                                                                                                        ®®
                                                                                                                                                        ©<•)
                                                                                                                                                                ®©@®
                                                                                                                                                                ©©©©
                                                                                                                                                                ©©©©
                                                                                                                                                                  ©S®
                                                                                                                                                        ^ X !•
                                                                                                                                ®
                                                                                                                                      HRST TEST VISUAL
                                                                                                       82 OR NEWER O
                                                                                               PAiMD          FAILED
                                                                                                ® CATALYTIC CONVERTER ©
                                                                                                © FUEL RESTHICTOfl   ®
                                                                                                © Alfl SYSTEM .      ©
                                                                                                                                  O Bl OR OLOER
                                                                                                                                   FIRST TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
                                                                                                                    SCO
                                                                                                                    TT
                                                                                                            0©G
                                                                                                              ®O
                                                                                                              ®0
                                                                                                              ®0
                                                                                                              ®O
                                                                                                              ®®
                                                                                                              ®©
                                                                                                              ©®
                                                                                                                      tO  PASS   ©
                                                                                                                      ©  FAIL   ©
©0®
®® ©©©©©©©©
©©©®©©©©0®
©©©©©©000©
                                                                                                                                                                                  564450
                                                                                                                                                           •AIR- PROGRAM ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                                      O00Q
                                                                                      ©©@®
                                                                                      ®©©®
                                                                                                                                                       ©©©©
                                                                    ®©Q©
                                                                    ©S®®
                                                                    S©®®
                                                                                                                ©00©
                                                                                                                0®®®

MODEL
YEAR
C0|%)
HC(pp»]

1110-
1171
1.0
1100
(& letnrfTtk.il
EMISSIONS STANDARDS
1171- till- 1177-
1174 1tTI 1171
1.0 S.I 3S
1100 m soo
b«t pttfwwri tto wsptttittD in ttemtt
at vuMiMt a Ib. Col.rwJ* AIR Progr

1I7U
NEWER
1.0
400
net
It&IATUU Of UCUSIO iHUSIOlW MtCHJUIIC
                                                                                                                                      THIS COPY TO BE FILED AT 'AIR- PROGRAM STATION

-------
                                                                    SECOND PAGE
                              Blue System
                         July - December 1981
                      Identical to page 1,
          Green System
     January 1982 - Current
Identical except exhaust system block is converted
to ten lines for remarks.
ro
                                                                                                                                "T.	i

-------
                                                                                                                             THIRD  PAGE
                                                                 Blue  System
                                                         July  -  December  1981
                                                                                                                                                               Green  System
                                                                                                                                                       January  1982  -  Current
ro
CO
                          COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
                          "AIR" PROGRAM INSPECTION/READJUSTMENT
                                           REPORT
O
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

                                                                                    124693
                                                                                                                                                                                 COLORADO "AIR" PROGRAM REPORT
AMC O
AUDI O
AUHE O
AUST O
BMWQ
BUCK O
CADI ©
CHEK O
CHEV O
CHRY O
OATS O
OOOGO
FIAT O
FORD O
HONDO
INTE O
JAGU O
JEEP O
LANC O
LINE O
M«OQ
MEBZQ
MEflC O
MG  O
ILDS O
OPEL O
PLYM
PONT O
                             0  LICENSE PLATE
                                                   fflffl
                                               LLL
                                          IMPORTANT INFORMATION TO VEHICLE OWNERS
                                   1. You must keep both halves of this form to  present to
                                      inspector at the time of vehicle safety inspection.
                                   2. You must have both halves of this form  to transfer to the oew
                                      owner should you sell this vehicle.
                                   3. YOU  MUST  HAVE  A CERTIFICATION  OF EMISSIONS CONTROL
                                      BEFORE YOU SELL THIS VEHICLE.
                                   4. KEEP THIS CERTIFICATION WITH YOUR REGISTRATION.
PLEASE
BEAD
WARMING
BELOW:
                                                      COSTS {IN DOLLABS)
                               WARNING:
                               If the retest visual inspection portion of this form |boi 11)
                               indicates that this vehicle is missing any emissions control
                               equipment, you may  be required to have this equipment
                               installed  before you receive your next emissions inspection
                               and/or safety  inspection.  Please contact a licensed emis-
                               sions  mechanic or the Department of Health for specific
                               information.
                             ion TO VIH1CIE ITWHtB
                                                                                        RFTEST
   VISUAL IHSPtCnON
               FAILED
CATALYTIC CONVEHTER Q
FUEL RESTRICTOR    O
AIR SYSTEM        Q
EXHAUST
SYSTEM INTEGRITY   Q
                                                    I  certify  that  I have pBriormsd this inspection
                                                    end any required adjuitmenli in accordance with
                                                    the rules and  guioelii»s of the Colo,ado  AIR
                                                    Program.

                                                       SIGNATURE OF LICENSED EMISSION MECHANIC
                                                                                                                  124693
© FIRST TEST
VISUAL INSPECTION
FAILEO
CATALYTIC CONVERTER O
FUEL RESTRICTOR O
AIR SYSTEM Q
EXHAUST
SYSTEM INTEGRITY O
© FIRST TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
% CO
1
<2)©G?<3G?e?QQ<=?<3
©©©©©©©©©©
©©
C«np*rt
tbttl
Intli
MtN
(w aofiil
ftlr
hi*
tllttil,
ffm HC

@@©0
00O©
©0©©
©0©
©0©
©0©
00©
©00
©00
©00
© VOLUNTARY REPAIR
TUNE-UP O
CARBURETOR Q
AIR CLEANER Q
CHOKE O
OTHER O
(specify)


Q HOME ADJUST
!**• Nslt to
ViMctTDmif)
% CO MM HC
| |
PASS©
FAIL O
Q ADJUSTMENT ONLY
STATION
•UMBER

IMPORTANT -
It will ilfow yog
iiupttliod 11 thf
ttilwi within tm
ficli iW firn imp
FOR ANY AODITI
CONTACT:
COLORADO DEPA
Ottwtf; 3
Avrwi: 3
Fi. CoHint: 2
MECHANIC
NUMBER
1 1 1
Mtf THIS FORM
a havt >nt !r« it
djmT^rMkklt
cirari.
NAL INFORMATION
TMF.NT OF HEALTH
D-4 1 80
M-4135
t-5324
                                                         PASS
                                                         FAIL
nuTiiiriTi »n
© VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

ft AUTO
MAKE
AMC O
AUDI O
AUHE O
AUST O
BMW O
BUCK O
CADI O
CHEK O
CHEV O
CHRy O
DATS O
ooocO
FIAT O
FOBO O
HONDO
IKTl O
JAGU O
JEEP 0
LANC O
UKC O
MAZOO
MEraO
MERCO
MG O
OLDS O
OPU O
PITM O
PONT O
POBS O
PUGT O
RENA O
SAABO
SUBAO
TOY O
TRIP O
VOLK O
VOLV O
OTHRO
nu nw»« •<•>.
564450
rrrv.
©„««..,.„ © DATE OF TEST 1 <7> STATION (!)•<»««;• ffl- (i) 5
III 1 II 1 II 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

©
IHKCTIQN
COST
•rrr

®
©CA
©FU
©AIR



HRST TEST VISUAL
® CERTIFICATION ISSUED
COMPLIANCE O
ADJUSTMENT O
DENIED O
(J7) FINAL TEST VISUAL
BZ Ofl NEWER O
fASSJO FAILED
© CATALYTIC CONVERTER ©
© FUEL RESTRICTOR ©
© AIR SYSTEM ©
OBI OR OLDER
%CO
I.!
©©©
0©.©
®®
©•©
©.©
0®
©•©
®e
W-HC
1 1
£S"" ©00©
ITS ®®©0
itMferii ©©©
El ®®e
©©©
© PASS ©
"© FAIL ©"C
564450
82 OR NEWER Q O "*IR" PROGRAM ADJUSTMENTS
FAIIED STATION MECHANIC'S ADJUSTMENT
AIYTIC CONVERTER © mint* NUMBER COST
L RESTRICTOR © 1 * 1* 1* I*
SYSTEM (?) 1 1 . 1
© EMISSIONS
REPAIR COST
111 OK NEWER)
•rr.T

0. ro« OIK. 	 ,..,.."!•.!• "r.T"! 	 	 ., 	 	
                                                                                                                                                                            © FIBST Tin EMISSIONS LEVELS
                                                                                                                                                                            ©©.©
                                                                                                                                                                              0.®
                                                                                                                                                                              ©0
                                                                                                                                                                              0©
                                                                                                                                                                              0©
                                                                                                                                                                            • <•>•©
                                                                                                                                                                              0®
                                                                                                                                                             ©000
                                                                                                                                                                ®@®
                                                                                                                                                                0®0
                                                                                                                                                                ©0©
                                                                                                                                                                ©0©
                                                                                                                                                                ©0©
                                                                                                                                                  ®
                                                                                                                                                  ©
                                                                                                     PASS
                                                                                                      FAIL
                                                        THIS COPY RETAINED BY VEHICLE OWNER
                                                                                                                                                                              II mitt *Hm T*> » taw «M frit »-
                                                                                                                                                                              i*if»ttm n tk« irifiHl Mtptttim,
                                                                                                                                                                              itilim wilfcia un ttjt it itta vikicti
                                                                                                                                                                              l*il* it* lint i
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               .

                                                                                                                                                                                                               t ".« min n i«ni m d ita Mln.»i c.^tu
                                                                                                                                                                                                               )  Fm tat!) t*i triHd inl III Mitwm hull i
                                                                                                                         FOR »*t ADDiriDML HIFOH«l*TrOIt. COKTACT OH OF TMt FOUOIr>l« I
                                                                                                                         TECHIIUL CIMTERI:
                                                                                                                              Otwnr Mini «•« • 1141 E. ttrtti »w . *»•'• 1W413S
                                                                                                                              F»1 CilliM Af« - 411 • Ollifi An.. Fl Cillw 221 S«»
                                                                                                                              tMt. tfiiftt *TM - 14U I. TtjM H . C*l* t»r»D  I»-I111
                                                                                                                              OR THE COtOMBO DCPARTMEUT OF REVEMIt  IH-kitl
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          EMISSIONS STANDARDS
                                                                                                                                                                           C0(%)    7.0

                                                                                                                                                                           HC(ppm) 1200
                                                                                                                                                                                                        ©  l«rtifTthit  tun
                                                                                                                                                                                                            wiA Iln mill tnd
                                                                                                                                                                                                 tW» wsptetion n tccoTdinu
                                                                                                                                                                                                at tbt Coterido AIR ProgiMi.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   SICNATURE Of IICCNSEO EMISS.OHS HECHAIIIC
                                                                                                                                                                                      THIS COFT TO BE RETAINED BT VEHICLE OWNER

-------
                                                                    THIRD PAGE
                              Blue System
                         July - December 1981
                      Information for the vehicle owner appears  in four
                      sections on the form.  CDH I isted as source of
                      further Information, along with just phone numbers
                      of Technical Centers.
                     Block 19:  punch blocks to verify authenticity of
                     the  Inspections, at the right edge.
          Green System
     January 1982 - Current
Information for the vehicle owner consolidated
Into two blocks, both of which are in the lower
right corner.   CDR IIsted as source of further
information, along with phone numbers and
addresses of Technical Centers.

Punch blocks eliminated because the form is not a
control led document.
ro
10

-------
                                                                                                                               INSTRUCTIONS   (REVERSE  OF   THIRD  PAGE)
                                                                             Blue  System
                                                                  July   -  December   1981
                                                         Green  System
                                              January   1982  -   Current
to
O
                                       INSTRUCTIONS TO LICENSED EMISSIONS  MECHANICS
                                    (ONLY a Licensed Emissions Mechanic may  perform this inspection.)

                                                                       NOTICE
                       The first copy (top)  of this form will be scanned electronically.

                       Please keep the top copy  free of dirt or grease.

                       Do NOT fold, staple, spindle, or mutilate  top copy.

                       Do NOT make ANY  marks on the top  copy other than specified  in directions.

                       You may make notes on the  second or third copies ONLY.

                       Use ONLY a NUMBER TWO  pencil on this form.

                       Where boxes  are provided put  one and  only  one number or teller in each box. if there are  more boxes
                       than numbers or  letters put enough zeroes in front  {to the  left) to fill up the extra boxes.  For example,
                       if the emission levels are  4.8% CO and 750 ppm HC:
                                                                          DO NOTE
Except for Item  0 (Vehicle Identification Number), after the boxes are marked, fill  in  the circle under
each  box which  has a  letter  or number  that  matches the letter  or number  in  the  box  above.  There
should be just one circle filled in under each box.

                                           fIRST INSPECTION
A. Complete items O through 0.
B. Do the first test visual and emissions inspection © and G, (mark PASS or FAIL for CO and HQ.
C. If (he  vehicle passes bath the visual and emissions inspection, mark "Compliance" ©. sign the form G. punch  | jflC |
   G. and "Date ol Test" on pages 2 and 3, and give both halves of page 3 lo the vehicle owner.
D. If the  vehicle fails the visual or emissions inspection and the adjustments or repairs are done at your station, complete
   item G and go on to Step G.
   If the  vehicle owner  wants the work done  elsewhere, give him/her the bottom pan of page 3 to be filled in by the person
   who does the work and returned within 10 days for a free reinspection.

                                             REINSPECTION
E. If the  vehicle was adjusted or  repaired by a Licensed Emissions Mechanic, copy the station and mechanic's license num-
   bers from the "Adjustment Verification' form under item G. attach one copy of the "Adjustment Verification' (arm to page
   2, and go on to Step G.
F. If the vehicle was adjusted or repaired by  a non-licensed person, complete item  G.  If the  vehicle passes, go on lo Step
   G.  It it fails, make  the adjustments or repairs  required  and  go on lo Step G  or mark "Denied"  ©. sign the form G.
   punch   CD    G. and "Date of Test" on pages 2 and 3. and give both halves of page 3 to the vehicle owner.
G. If the  vehicle failed the first test visual, do  the retest visual inspection G. it it passed the first test visual, go on to step H,
H. Do  the retest emissions inspection G. (mark PASS or FAIL for CO and HC).
I. Record the amount charged  for the inspection, the adjustments (if performed), and the labor and  parts  costs for required
   repairs G.
J. Record any voluntary repairs G.
K. If the vehicle passes both the visual and the emissions retests. mark "Compliance" G. sign the form G. punch  [COT]
   G. and "Date ot Test" on pages 2 and 3,  and give both halves of page 3  to the vehicle  owner.
L If the vehicle passes the visual retest but fails the emissions  retest {and. for 1981's and newer.  $100.00 was spent on
   emissions repairs) mark  'Adjustment" G. sign the form G. punch  | COA  |   G, and "Date ol Test' on pages  2  and
   3. and give both halves of page 3 to the vehicle owner.
M. It  the vehicle fails the visual retest (or, lor 1981'j and newer, fails the emissions retest and less than $100 was spent
   on  emissions repairs) mark  "Denied" ©.  sign the torm G. punch   (~CO  |   G,  and  'Date of Test' on pages  2  and
   3, and give both halves of page 3 to the vehicle owner.
 • Thi (ml copy (top) at ihii (arm will b* ttonntd iltctronicilhj.
 • Plttst kttp tht lop copy Irtt il din or grm*
 * Do NOT (old. staplt. ipindlt. at miniltti top copy.
 • Do NOT miti ANY rnarkj on tht tgp copy othn thin specified in direction*.
 • You miy ntkt natit on tht ucont) or third copin ONU.
 • U» ONLY  i NUMBER TWO ptncil on  IRII larm
 • Whin torn irt providtd pui ont and only oni numbtr o< lonti in tach
   boi. il inert •'( matt bom thin numbiri 01 It tier» put enough itroti in
   tfpni (to tht lift) to (ill up tht inri bom For tiamplt. il (hi uniitian
   Itvcli tit 4 §\  CO and 750 ppm HC:

ENTER
                                 INSTRUCTIONS TO LICENSED EMISSIONS MECHANICS
                                (ONLY a Licensed Emission Mechanic may perform this inspection.)
                                                             NOTICE
• Eictpt fm Htm 0 (Vthklt Idtntif ication Number), alltt the bo in in
  marktd. Ml in tht circlt under mh boi which hai a Itner 01 number thai
  mitfhts the liner or nutntui in tht bet above. Thtrt thoutd b* jusl oni cirdi
  lilted in undu nch boi.
                       FIRST INSPECTION

   PRINT • Name and iddress of vehicle owner at top of this form

   ITEM

  O Vehicle Identification Number - Write in VIN number.

  0 Auto Make • Fill in circle for auto make.

  0 License Hale - Enter license plate number and fill in circles (if
      temporary tag leave blank, if more than six characters use first tin).

  0 Date of Test • Enter month, day and year and fill in circles.

  0 Station Number - Enter your nation's license number and fill in
      circles.

  0 Mechanic's Number • Enter your emissions mechanic's license
      number and till in circles.

  0 Model Year - Enter last two digits of vehicle's model year and fill in
      circles (example:   1972 enter 72).

  0 Na. ot Cvi • Enter number of cylinder*  in engine and fill in circles
      (if rotary  engine enter  number of rotors).

  0 Inspection Cost •  Enter cost  of inspection in dollars and cents
      (maximum $10.00}  and (ill in circles under dollar portion only.

  © First Test Visual - For  1981 and older vehicles, fill in "81 OR
                     OLDER' circle (no visual inspection needed).

                     For  1982 and newer vehicles, fill in '82 OR
                     NEWER" circle, complete first visual inspection
                     and fill in a pass or fail circle for  each emissions
                     control system,

  O first Test Emissions Levels • Complete first emissions inspection,
      enter readings and fin in circles. Compare readings to State standards
      and till in pass or (ail circles for CO and for KC.
                                                                                                                                                                               NOTE;   THIS COMPLETES FIRST INSPECTION. IF VEHICLE HAS
                                                                                                                                                                               PASSED ALL REQUIREMENTS. FILL IN 'COMPLIANCE' CIRCLE IN
                                                                                                                                                                               ITEM G AND SIGN ITEM @ . ENTER CERTIFICATE Of EMISSIONS
                                                                                                                                                                               CONTROL NUMBER AT TOP OF FORM. GIVE THIRD COPY TO
                                                                                                                                                                               VEHICLE OWNER AND AFFIX CERTIFICATE OF EMISSIONS
                                                                                                                                                                               CONTROL STICKER TO THE WINDSHIELD AS SPECIFIED.
                                                                                VEHICLES FAILING FIRST INSPECTION
  ITEM
 G "AIR" Program Adjustments -  If adjustments were made by a
    licensed emissions mechanic,  enter license numbers of station and
    mechanic where adjustments were made and cost of adjustments in
    dollars and cents (maximum $15.00). Fit! in circles under station
    number, mechanic's  number and dollar portion of adjustment cost.
    NOTE:  If adjustments were made by another licensed emissions
    mechanic, copy this information from  "Adjustment Verification Form".

 G Emissions Repair Cost - For 1981 and newer vehicles, enter cost of
    emissions related repairs in dollars and cents and fill  in circles
    under dollar portion only.

 G Final Ten Visual - For 1981 and older vehicles, fill in "81 OR
                    OLDER* circle (no visual inspection ntedtd).

                    For 1982 and newer vehicles, fill  in '82 OR
                    NEWER" circle, complete linal visual inspection
                    and fill in a pass  or fail circle for each emissons
                    control system.

 G final Ten Emissions Levels • Complete final emissions inspection.
    enter  readings and fill in circles. NOTE:   II adjustments were made
    by another licensed emissions mechanic, copy readings from
    "Adjustment Verification Form'. Compare readings to State standards
    and fill in pass  or fail circles for CO  and for HC.

             njssued •  Fill in circle next to:

     COMPLIANCE       rl torn (R> passed end item © is within Slate
                       standards.

     ADJUSTMENT      if item © passed, item G Wed. adjustments
                       done by  licensed mechanic and,  tor 1981 and
                       newer vehicles, al leasl $100 spent on
                       emissions related repairs.

     DENIED            if hem G (illed « """ G tail*d arid ')
                       adjustments not done by licensed mechanic or
                       2) for 1981 and newer vehicles, less than
                       $100 spent on emissions repairs.

 G Signature ol licensed Emissions Mechanic • After completing ihis
    form,  sign it. enter number of the certificate issued (or 'none" it
    certification denied) at top of form and give third copy to vehicle
    owner. It a certification is issued, affii certificate o( emissions
    control nicker lo the windshield as specilnri	.

-------
                                   INSTRUCTIONS (REVERSE OF THIRD PAGE)
         Blue System
    July - December 1981
Instructions grouped by 1) form, 2) first
inspection, and 3) re-inspection.  Printed across
the page, alphabetically  labeled in steps.
          Green System
     January 1982 - Current
Instructions organized by 1)  form,  2)  first
inspection, and 3)  vehicles failing first
inspection.  Boxed  by topics.  Instructions ordered
by data block numbers for easier reference.  Each
block has instructions.

-------
3.2  Hechanics'  Training
    Mechanics wishing to be licensed to conduct AIR inspections  and
adjustments must first be qualified.   "Qualification"  consists of
passing a written test (25 technical  questions,  25  rules  and  regula-
tions questions) and a performance test.   The  mechanics may take the
qualification tests free of charge by appointment at one  of the  three
Vehicle Emissions Technical  Centers (VETO  in  the program area.
However, the mechanics are encouraged to enroll  in  a 16-hour  training
course before attempting the tests.  The cost  of the course is $25.00,
which covers the instructors'  and facilities'  fees  and mailing.  The
course consists of four classes  (usually Tuesday and Thursday, 6 p.m.
to 10 p.m., two consecutive weeks)  conducted by  a trained instructor.
The text book for the course has been developed  under  contract by the
Colorado State University project staff over a span of several years,
with revisions and additions being nade as  necessary.  One unit  of
that training manual  is devoted  to completing  the machine read inspec-
tion fora.   The unit appears in  its entirety in  Appendix  C.   A mock-up
of an inspection form was included in the manual even  before  the first
form was finalized or in use.  That unit has been revised regularly.
One hour of the third class and  one hour of the  fourth class  include
instructions on the use of the inspection form,  and the performance
test requires the mechanic to complete an actual inspection form.
Seven questions in the 85-item computerized bank of rules and regula-
tions questions relate to the inspection form.   A mechanic not
electing to take the emissions course may obtain a  free training
manual at a Vehicle Emissions Technical  Center (VETO  but receives  no
                                 32

-------
additional instruction on the form.   The machine  read  answer  sheet on
which the mechanic marks his responses to  the  written  qualification
test reinforces some of the basics of completing  optically  read  forms:
         •  use a Number 2 pencil,
         •  mark only one circle in  each row or column,
         •  fill each circle completely and neatly,
         •  complete all items,  and
         •  do not fold or staple the form or  get it wet or dirty.
    It is difficult to isolate from  the other  training topics the
costs of training mechanics to complete the inspection form.  Because
two of the sixteen hours of instruction are devoted to the  form, one
eighth of the 325.00 fee could be considered part of the costs
($3.13/mechanic).  The training manual  is  printed under contract by
Colorado State University at a cost  of approximately $4.90  each.  The
unit on inspection forms comprises roughly 10% of that document, or
$.50.  The development of the unit has either  been completed by  the
Colorado State University project, staff under  contract to the
Department of Health or, in 1981-82,  by the AIR Program staff.   It
entails about 80 man hours and an estimated $100.00 worth of black and
white graphics taken from the actual  inspection form.  The  initial
development represents an investment of perhaps 31,500;  minor revi-
sions are considerably less.   Twelve color slides pertaining to  the
inspection form were developed for the class instructors, at a cost of
about $7.60/slide.  Each slide consists of a photograph of  an actual
inspection form covered with a sheet of yellow transparent  film  over
all except the data block being  discussed.  These slides are repro-
duced at Colorado State University at a cost of $.38 each in quan-
tities of 25 or more.
                                 33

-------
                      f
    As difficult as it is to isolate the expense of training mechanics

to complete the inspection form,  some identified costs include:

    per mechanic:   $ 3.13   class
                      .50   text
                   $ 3.63   (does not include testing
                             or record-keeping)

    development:   $1,500   initial  text development
                      850   major revision to text
                       91   (12 x $7.60) slide development
                      140   (12 x $.38 x 30 sets)  slide production
                   $2,581

There are portions of other training program costs (proctoring  the

tests, for example) which could be attributed to training  for the

inspection form, but these costs  are minor and would be incurred

whether or not the inspection form were included in the training.


3.3  Data Input

    Data input is  the process by  which the inspection forms  are obtained

by the licensed mechanics, retrieved by the Department of  Revenue

(CDR), data captured fron the form and analyzed.   Figure 2 diagrams

this process.

    The Department of Revenue (CDR)  is responsible for ordering the

forms from NCS. The forms are stored by CDR and obtained  by the

mechanics fron the CDR office in  Denver when they  purchase the window

stickers.  One form is provided with each sticker.   CDR inspectors

also carry forms in their vehicles in case a station should  need any.

Although the forms are consecutively numbered,  they are not  controlled

documents, and no  security is required, either by  CDR or the stations.

There is no charge to the inspection station for the forms.   Identification

is required when the forms are obtained only if stickers are obtained

at the sane time.
                                 34

-------
                                    Figure  2:   DATA  INPUT
                                 JANUARY  1,  1982 TO  PRESENT
                               (      START      )
                                      CDR
                               Receives Torms  from
                               NCS  and stores  them
                               Inspecting mechanics
                                  tJbtaln  forms
                                    from  CDR
                               Inspecting mechanics
                                    Use  forms
                               Inspecting mechanics
                                Forms  separated
             Page 1  for
              analysis
                              Page 2 retained
                              by station
                Page 3 to
                Vehicle Owner
           CDR inspectors
         Forms picked up in
         labeled envelopes
         every 50-60  days
               CDR
         DelIvered to uenver
         pub Iic schools
         reader week Iy
         /CDH\
        /Manual  qual ItA
o
to
CO
OJ
       CDH
 'Manual qualIt
( control check  >
\   and page    /
 \ orlentatlon /
                     Yes
               CDH
           CDRInspectors
            notified and
           asked to relay
            to mechanics
 Scanner stamps
 each form read
with a sequential
     number

-------
    After the inspection process has been completed by the mechanic,
the three sheets of the form are separated at the top perforations.
The third page is given to the motorist;  the second page is retained
by the inspection station for its records.  Inspection stations are
told to store their copies for one year.   Page one is picked up during
the regular audit by the Department of Revenue (CDR) inspector
assigned to the station.  Audits are mandated to occur no less fre-
quently than every 60 days, but in practice the CDR inspectors have
been auditing the stations every 30 days.  Any questions the mechanic
might have regarding the form can be answered by the CDR inspector,
but the inspector is under no obligation  to check the forms collected
from the station.   The collected forms are returned to the Department
of Revenue (CDR) office in Denver and are delivered weekly to the
Denver Public Schools (DPS) scanning site.  Nadine Quig.ley of the
Department of Health (CDH) Mobile Sources staff assumes responsibility
for data handling from this point until a data tape is provided to CDH
Data Services.  At the scanning site a Department of Health (CDH)
Mobile Sources data clerk conducts a manual  quality control  check (for
obvious tears, etc.) and orients each page for reading by the NCS
Sentry 7010 optical mark reader.  When the projected data volume of
20,000 forms per week is achieved, the volume will  dictate that the
quality check preceding machine reading be perfunctory.   Any problems
with the completion or condition of the inspection forms are reported
to the Department of Revenue (CDR) inspectors weekly on a notification
slip.  They relay the information to the  inspection stations, sign to
verify the station has been informed, and return the slip to the
                                 36

-------
Department of Health (CDH).  Serious and consistent problems  can  also
be relayed to the mechanics'  training program as a  suggested  revision
to the instruction on conpleting the inspection forms.
    Significant differences between the "blue" and  "green  systems"  are
apparent at the "forms scanned"  stage.   The data input  system designed
for the July-December ("blue")  phase concentrated editing  at  the
Sentry 7010.  The reader attempted to scan each form.   Forms  which  could
not pass through the reader were ejected into a bin.  Forms which phy-
sically could be scanned were then read and problems  identified.  A
"problem" embraced data missing  or not readable, data out  of  range,
and conflicting data.  The forms were shunted into  the  rejection  bin
if a serious enough problem was  found.   The Department  of  Health  (Cf)ll)
had established (and could alter)  criteria by which the scanner judged
the severity of the errors.   A  numerical  coding system identified  the
types of errors found, and the  appropriate code was stamped by the
machine on the back of the rejected form.   Forms judged by the scanner
to include accurate data were scanned,  stamped with a sequential
number, and deposited into a separate bin.   They were then ready  for
boxing and storage by sequential number.   Although  very "efficient"
data vjere captured with this systen,  data  useful  for  some  purposes
were lost.  Data containing fatal  errors were not captured on the com-
puter tape; a check to ascertain if forms  with errors were represen-
tative of the entire data base could only  be accomplished  manually.
The limited computer capability  of the optical  mark reader was also
taxed with the error identification codes,  so error categorization
failed to be as complete as hoped.
                                 37

-------
    Redesigning the data handling system for the  full-volume  ("green")
phase of the AIR Program provided an  opportunity  to  eliminate  several
of the problems noted above.   The editing was transferred  from the
mark reader to the computer.   Data are  captured from every form which
can possibly pass through the scanner,  and the computer assesses and
notes the accuracy of the data.   In this fashion  the most  complete
data bank possible is created.   A computer check  can then  be made to
test whether errors are randomly distributed.  This  procedure  captures
a greater amount of data, and as a result of a sophisticated error
identification system (section 4.2),  even data with  questionable errors
are usable for selected purposes.
    There exists an underlying question at this point which could perhaps
be titled "The Ethics of Data Capture."   Should a form which obviously
contains errors undergo correction?  Or is it to  be  preserved  as is
because it represents a significant statistic? If it is to be  corrected,
can one be sure the alterations  are correct?   Colorado has not  elected
to correct invalid forms.  The volumes  and types  of  errors are  indica-
tions of the "state of the AIR Program"  and are significant in  themselves.
    The inspection forms are  technically  "source  documents" and origi-
nally had to be retained for  at  least two years.  The Department of
Health (CDH) feels that a storage time  of 90  days or until CDH  is con-
fident of the data tape accuracy is sufficient.   Provided  that  the data
tape is accurate, this decision  is reasonable:  to physically locate an
inspection form would probably require  three  days' search time.  To
find the computer record for  that form  takes  a matter of minutes.
Handwritten information on the form (owner's  name and address,  VIN,
sticker number) is not essential  for  the  automated data system.
                                 38

-------
    One week is allowed for the scanning  process.   A  new batch  is
begun weekly.  During the July-December  ("blue")  phase, the batch  size
averaged 3,000-5,000 forms.  Three  months into  the  "green  system," the
volume had developed to more than 20,000  forms  per  week.   The pro-
jected volume was 20,000 forms  per  week.   Without an  efficient  data
handling system, a program of this  magnitude  would  be floundering  in a
sea of forms and data.

3.4  Readability
    Readability is one  component of the overall  "completion rate."  If
the nark, sensor accepts the form for scanning,  it is  classified as
readable.  The other component  of the completion  rate, the integrity
of the scanned data, is discussed in sections 4.1 and 4.2  of this
report.  If the form jams in the machine, if  the  form is torn so that
the sensor cannot scan  it, or if critical  form  marks  (bias bar, skunk
marks, timing marks, etc.) are  marred, the scanner  rejects the  form.
Comnon problens which cause forms to be rejected  include the
following.
    • The service writer staples sheets of paper  to the inspection
      form for the mechanic or  the  cashier.   Action:  greater emphasis
      in training and public awareness on handling  the forms; instruc-
      tion at troublesome stations  by the CDR inspector.

    • Inspecting mechanics or service writers attach  other AIR  Program
      documents to the  inspection form.   Action:  this problem  virtually
      disappeared when  the full-volume phase  began  January 1, 1982.
      Prior to that, the Department of Revenue  PR 1390 form was required
      and was frequently stapled to the inspection  form.
                                 39

-------
    • Inspecting mechanics or service writers tear the form when
      trying to separate the three pages at the perforations.  Action:
      no action yet, although thought has been given to removing the
    .  critical form narks from their proximity to the perforations.
      This could be accomplished either by moving the perforated stub
      to the right side or the bottom, or by moving the critical form
      marks to the opposite side and end and keeping the stub at the
      top.
Grease and dirt from the garage environment do not represent a signi-
ficant impediment to a high readability rate.   An optical  mark reader
can cope with small amounts of grease and dirt as long as  they do not
appear in critical areas.  A plastic template or overlay has been con-
sidered for use with the inspection forms.  Its primary purpose would
be to guide the mechanic through the data blocks, rather than to keep
the form clean.  Because few problems have been met which  the template
could or needed to mitigate, and because of other priorities, the
template has not been developed.
    Quality control checks exist to promote a high rate of readability.
When the Department of Revenue (CUR) inspectors conduct the regular
inspection station audits, they have opportunities to answer any
Questions the mechanics may have.   Although it is not required,  the
inspectors can spot check the forms at the stations to screen the
worst problems.  A second quality control  check occurs when the forms
are tallied, spot checked, and oriented for mechanical  reading.   The
forns are still in order by station so obvious and consistent errors
can be traced to the station.   Problems are referred to Department of
                                 40

-------
Revenue (CDR) inspectors for discussion with the licensed mechanics.
General cautions to stations and mechanics nay be made through  the
training classes, the audits by the Department of Revenue (CDR),  and
the technical bulletins mailed to the stations.
    Readability has not proved to be a particularly  problematic element
of the AIR Program data system.  The Department of Health (CDH) Mobile
Sources staff estimates that about 95% of the inspection  forms  were
readable during the "blue phase."  An estimate is necessary  because
unreadable forms were rejected into the same bin as  forms with  data
errors, and it was difficult to distinguish between  the two  types.
Unreadable forms average 2.4% of the "green system"  volume,  ranging
from 1.0% to 6.5% on the weekly batches.
                                 41

-------
4.0  DATA ANALYSIS

4.1  Purpose and Functional  Elements
    The ultimate purpose of  collecting I/fl data  is  to  learn  how  the
I/M program is functioning.   A well-designed data handling component
should be able to monitor data and provide status reports.
    The data analysis system developed for the Colorado  AIR  Program
is concerned with the data records read by the scanner and recorded on
the computer tape.  Forms which were not physically scannable were
rejected at the scanner (section 3.4).  That process - checking  for
readability - is conducted by the scanner and for the  purposes of this
report is not classified as  data analysis.   Readability  is,  however, a
consideration in determining a general "completion  rate."  Completion
rate could be defined as the quantity of data determined to  be useable
for reporting purposes.  Forms not readable detract from the completion
rate.   Taped data records which contain errors also lower the completion
rate.   Accuracy checking is  the first function of data analysis  and,
with readability, the remaining component required  to  determine  the
program1s completion rate.  Once a determination of data accuracy has
been made, data analysis can proceed to its concluding phase, that of
producing information in scheduled and special reports.

4.2  "Blue System" Accuracy  Checking
    With the July-December "blue system,"  the scanner  edited the data,
discarding data from those forms which contained serious errors.  Data
arriving at the computer were considered useable.   The primary purpose
of the computer was to produce information.   In July and August  1981,
approximately 30% of the incoming data was discarded by  the  scanner
                                 43

-------
for readability and fatal  data errors.   Part way through the "blue
system" the criteria were  relaxed, by which  the scanner made its  deci-
sion to accept or discard  the data.   Mechanics were  issuing a  certificate
of adjustment rather than  compliance for vehicles passing after
adjustment.  Because the emissions levels on forms with this type  of
error were accurate, the scanner was instructed to accept the  data
into the data base.  Only  about 10% of  the  incoming  data was then
rejected for readability and fatal  data errors.

4.3  "Green System" Accuracy Checking
    Figure 3 depicts data  handling under the current "green system."
A skeletal version of this system is now operating while the remainder
of it is beina developed.   The first two processes (fatal  error  iden-
tification and questionable error identification)  check the accuracy
of the data.  In contrast  to the "blue  system,"  these  edits are
completed by the computer, not the scanner.
    The computer first reviews the record for each inspection.   If the
scanner has indicated insurmountable problems with the data on a form,
the record is immediately  rejected.   Based  on the fault chart  in Table
3 developed by AIR Program staff, the computer assigns a value to  each
record according to the number and type of  data  flaws  it, finds.  The
data elements assessed in  this phase relate to information required  to
set emission level  standards (cutpoints).   The assigned value  -  the
fatal error flay - is entered in one of the two  fields reserved  for
error flags for each record.   Error  messages relating  to processing
are printed at. this stage  if warranted  (Figure 4).   Using a cutpoint
of three and above, the current level of fatal  errors  appears  to be
around 1%.

                                 44

-------
                                        Figure 3:  DATA ANALYSIS
                                        JANUARY 1, 1982 TO PRESENT
                                                        CDH
                                          Data tape delivered to CDH Data
                                           Services Section  from scanner
to
03
01
                          Change format  to
                          CDH  compatible;
                            count forms
Error messages
 Fara I  error
Identification
(

CDH
Analyze Tor
information
*




1
I
Schedu led
spec i a 1
reports
^"



and
^ 	 '
                                                   45

-------
                Table 3:   FATAL  ERROR  IDENTIFICATION
Make

X
(X)
(X)
(X)
(X)
(X)
(X)


(X)
(X)
Valu
Cylinders
(Number)


X
(X)

(X)

(X)


(X)
(X)
e(s) in
Model
Year



X

(X)

(X)


(X)
(X)
Error
HC




X
X


X

X

.a/
CO






X
X
X

X

Exhaust
Leak









X

X
Fatal
Error Flag
0
1
2
3
4
5 b/
6
7 y
8
8
9£/
g£/
    JL/X indicates  value  is  not available or is invalid or for "exhaust
leak" the value is 1;  (X) indicates value may or may not be una-
vailable or invalid.   No mark indicates value is available and valid
or for "exhaust leak"  the value  is 0.

    Jl/HC or CO and at  least one  of number of cylinders or model  year
unavailable or invalid.

    £/HC and CO or exhaust  leak  and at least one of make, number of
cylinders, or model year are unavailable or invalid.
                                46

-------
             Figure 4:  PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR MESSAGES
Message 1  SYNTAX ERROR

Message 2  SEQUENCE ERROR

Message 3  DATE ERROR
           CURRENT DATE = MMDDYY

Message 4  MISSING OR INVALID RECORD COUNT

Message 5  AFTER READING zzzzz9 RECORDS FROM THE INPUT FILE  AN
           INVALID ID-SEQUENCE NUMBER WAS READ

Message 6  IMBALANCE ERROR

           RECORDS-IN  = zzzzz9
           RECORDS-OUT = zzzzz9
           REJECTED    = zzzzz9

           ENDING ID-SEQUENCE     = 999999999
           BEGINNING ID-SEQUENCE  = 999999999
            DIFFERENCE +1        = zzzzzzzz9

Message 7  IMBALANCE ERROR

           RECORDS READ-IN   = zzzzz9
           RECORDS EXPECTED  = zzzzz9
            DIFFERENCE        +zzzzz9
NB:  A sequence of 9's (e.g.  999999)  represents  the  location  of  a
     numeric character string to be generated  by the computer.   One  or
     more z's preceding the 9's specifies  suppression of  leading zeros.
                                 47

-------
                                   Table  4:   ERROR/PERFORMANCE REPORT - ERROR SECTION

                                              ERROR DEFINITIONS - PRELIMINARY
       NO ERROR FLAGS DETERMINED

MB: Footnotes appear on
last page of Table 4.








INSPECTION DATA-UNKNOWN
VIM
License Plate
Signature
Certificate No.
or
Inspection Cost
Test Date - month
day
year
INSPECTION DATA-ERROR
Inspecting Cost
Test Date (YYMMDD) ;.
VEHICLE DATA
Make
No. of Cyls.
Model Year
INSPECTION CHECKS
First Test - UNKNOWN
VI sual - yr
Enissions - P/F
Idle CO, HC
2500 CO, HC*
First Test - ERROR
Visual - yr
or


£
O
U_
*fc

ce E
— o
< +•
"" ~~

1
3
17


9
4
4
4

9
4

2
8
7


10
11



10


0)
.Q o
•

*
O
C£
























(82+
(81-

0)
01
c
-

—
o
•a
o
2;






















81+)

81-)
82+)

JC
c
O
4-

o
i/i
i/>
E
LU

•1- O
l/l O
i- ir\
— CN
U-























1


in
0
i/)
in
1
UJ

— 0)
ID —
C X)
•— ^_
b.


























U)
8
VI
tn
1
UJ

— O
ID O
c in
— CN
L_


























+-
c
I
I/I
D
•— >
•D
<
-*
- 0
a: o
^— <^
< CQ
































•—
L.

-------
           Table 4 continued:
ERROR/PERFORMANCE REPORT- ERROR SECTION1
     ERROR DEFINITIONS - PRELIMINARY
•^v/ L.tn%vix • i_n\j-«s i**_ i L-IU IA ra^i/
MB: Footnotes appear on
last page of Table 4.







INSPECTION CHECKS (cont.)
Emissions - P/F
Idle CO, HC

2500 CO, HC*


Final Test - UNKNOWN
Visual - yr
or
or
Emissions - P/F
Idle CO, HC


2500 CO, HC*


Final Test - ERROR
Vi sual - yr

Emissions - P/F
Idle CO, HC
or
or
2500 CO, HC*
or
or
or


E
1_
O
u.
%
o: E
—  L.
3 L.
OUI































^
•3
—
ID
>
2
O
ce


(P
(F

(P
(F








l
l

-

(82+
(81-


(P
(F


(P
(F

S,
c
•
Li.






























Dl
1_
ID
0
>-

O
T3
O
s:




80-)
81 +
81+








81+
81+
81+

81-)
82+)





80-)



.c
§
-*-
ID
O
•—
M- -0
-g
1- V)
(U in
o —


>S1
s
s1
s
<^s
in
O
in
in
"i
LU

158
c ir>
— CM
u.



























tds)
tds)
•t-
c

S^
4-
O






























-------
       NO ERROR FLAGS DETERMINED
                                                    Table 4:   continued
                                         ERROR/PERFORMANCE REPORT  -  ERROR  SECTION
                                              ERROR DEFINITIONS -  PRELIMINARY


MB: Footnotes appear on
last page of Table 4.








INSPECTION CHECKS (cont.)
Adjustment/Repair -
UNKNOWN
Station Number
or
Mechanic Number
or
Adjustment Cost
or
Repair Cost*
Adjustment/Repair-ERROR
Station Number
Mechanic Number
Adjustment Cost
Repair Cost
or
INSPECTION RESULTS
First Test - UNKNOWN
Visual - P/F**
Emissions - Levels
Idle CO, HC
2500 CO, HC*
First Test - ERROR
Visual - P/F**
Emissions - Level s
Idle CO, HC
2500 CO, HC*



E
L.
o
u_
. «fc.

a: E
—  L.
3 l-
OUJ






























~°a>
W
D

<0
;>

%
0
ce





























0
o
c
ID
K

*f-
O

-H
3
O



X

X

X

X










X
X









(D

r>

+-

3
s:



X

X

X

X








X

X
X











o
V
c
ro

CQ



(X
(X
(X
(X
(X
(X
(X








(X

X
(X









j£
c
(D

ca

c
o
z











(X
(X
(X
(X
(X







(X


(X



*+-
•f-

u_






























O)
L
0)
>-

_

-------
                                             Table  4:   continued
                                  ERROR/PERFORMANCE REPORT  -  ERROR  SECTION
                                       ERROR DEFINITIONS  -  PRELIMINARY
NO ERROR FLAGS DETERMINED

NB: Footnotes appear on
last page of Table 4.







INSPECTION RESULTS (cont.)
Final Test - UNKNOWN
Visual - P/F**
Emissions - Levels
Idle CO, HC
2500 CO, HC*
Final Test - ERROR
Visual - P/F**
or
Emissions - Levels
Idle CO, HC
2500 CO, HC*
or
CERT ISS'D DISAGREEMENT
Pass/ Adjustment
Other :
or :
or :
or
or :
or

or :


E
O
Lu

o: E

< -t-



14
15



14

15




.6/15
6/15
.6/15
.6/12
.6/14
.6/13
.6/12

6/12

a>
-O O)
ID ID
C —
O Li-

tn O
Q) u.
3 L.
OUJ



















7
7

13,1


ID

^
ID

X
C
OL






















4


O



82+)


81+)

81-)




80-)






81+
80-



.c
O
-H
<0
O
• •*—
•4- "D
.- 
T3
^

S:8
«P. ^—
< CQ


















blan


non 1
non
lank






ID
r~
•f-
o










.4
4





)

5)
.lank

6)

-------
                                        Table 4:  continued
                              ERROR/PERFORMANCE REPORT - ERROR SECTION
                                   ERROR DEFINITIONS - PRELIMINARY
 *Beginning July 1,  1982.

**Applies to each system (catalytic  converter,  fuel  restrictor, AIR system) individually.

 aWhere more than one error condition  occurs on the  same line, each condition applies independently
  (non-exclusive OR).
        error conditions are enclosed  within  parentheses all enclosed conditions apply simulta-
  neously (AND).

 cln cases where  one or more error conditions  is undetermined it will be assumed that there is no
  error.

 dRow Value - value of item to which row  applies.

 eBlank refers to item as a whole.

 fTest includes both visual  and emissions parts unless specified otherwise.  P indicates passed
  both visual and emissions parts,  F indicates failed one or both parts.

 9Model Year - 82+ indicates model  years  32 and newer, 81-  indicates model years 81 and older.
  81+ indicates model  years 81 and newer,  80-  indicates model years 80 and older.

 ^Certification Issued - C indicates certification of compliance.  A indicates certification of
  adjustment.  D  indicates certification  of denial.

 ^ 1 - Inspection cost > $10.
   2 - Test date  >^ current date.
   3 - Adjustment cost > $15.
   4 - CO levels  > 15%.
   5 - Repair cost < $100 or blank.
   6 - Repair cost > $100.

-------
    Next the computer reviews  each  record  for questionable errors.
The criteria with which the computer  is  to judge the seriousness of
the questionable errors is under development by the AIR Program staff,
but a preliminary version is provided in Table 4.  The error flag
value for each type of error has not  been  established yet.  Basically
this system assigns a value of 0-99 to each record.  A minor error
will be assigned a low number; a significant error, a higher number.
Combinations of errors will be assigned  still higher numbers.  The
severity of each error is based on  the judgement of the AIR Program
staff according to the Program's established data  analysis needs.  The
questionable error flag is entered  in the  second error flag field for
each record.  Each record now  contains the data which were read from
the inspection form by the optical  mark  reader and two error flags.
The first, fatal errors, is for data  critical to setting emissions
standards (cutpoints); the second is  for data with less serious errors
(questionable errors), but errors which  are indicative of the general
reliability of the data on an  inspection form.
    The two error flags will be used  in  the following manner.
Depending on the purpose of an analysis, two "reliability levels" may
be selected.  The questionable error  flag  indicates basically how
trustwprthy the data on that form are judged to be.  The fatal error
flag indicates how valid the critical data elements are.  A count of
the number of inspections on the data tape would include all forms
(questionable error flag of 99 or lower, fatal error flag of nine or
lower), but an analysis of adjusted emissions by model year might
require data rated at 50 or lower,  with  a  fatal error flag of two or
lower.  Make and model distributions  of  emissions  levels might include
                                 53

-------
a questionable error flag of 10 or lower and a  fatal  error flag  of
three or lower.  The flags nay he altered independently  of each  other.
When operational, this system will  provide an indication of how
accurate the captured data are.  It will  allow  subdivisions of the
data bank based on purpose and degree of accuracy  required.   It  will
allow much greater analysis of the accuracy of  the data, and thereby
enhance the credibility of the analyses  produced.
    To the knowledge of the Colorado Department of Health (COM)  Data
Services Section, the error identification system  being  developed  by
the AIR Program staff is unique.   It is  difficult  to  develop and. will
require extensive testing.  The time and effort involved in  developing
such a reliability rating system must be balanced  against the value of
the information gained and the needs of  the program.   For the AIR
Program it promises significantly greater flexibility in handling  the
data captured hy the optical  mark reader.
    One of the products of the error identification procedures is  a
series of error reports developed after  the second edit.   These  sum-
marize the types of errors found in the  data and organize the infor-
mation by inspection station and mechanic.   Processing error messages
(Figure 4) are produced when the records are first checked following
receipt from the scanner, but the reports generated after the second
edit are the first in-depth administrative reports furnished by  the
system.  Figure 5 is a nock-up of a batch error/performance  report
under development.  The report consists  of two  sections.   The first,
the error section, reports the types and quantities of errors the
mechanics are making when they complete  the inspection forms.
Mechanics or stations with high error rates will be marked with
                                 54

-------
   BATCH ID RANGE
999999999 - 999999999
                                                             Fi gure 5
                                      COLORADO  DEPARTMENT  OF   HEALTH
                                                    ERROR  / PERFORMANCE  REPORT
                                                           ERROR SECTION
MMM 29, 1999
    PAGE 999
STATI ON
 NUMBER
       MECH
        NO.

       0001
                       ITEM   1,3,4,9,        2,
             FORMS      NOS:  17,CERT NO.     7,8
              READ   FORM     INSP  DATA     VEH
                    ERRORS     UNK     ERR    DATA
                                                         (ALL ERROR RATES EXPRESSED AS PERCENT)
                                                              INSPECTION  CHECKS -----    - -INSPECTION RESULTS- -
 10YR,11PF
FIRST TEST
 UMK   ERR
 14YR.15PF
FINAL TEST
 UNK   ERR
   12,13
ADJ/REPAIR
 UNK   ERR
 10PF,11#S
FIRST TEST
 UNK   ERR
 14PF,15#S
FINAL TEST
 UNK   ERR
CERT ISSUED
DISAGREEMENT
     16
 PASS
 /ADJ   OTHR
               999   99.9    99.9   99.9    99.9     99.9   99.9    99.9   99.9   99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9     99.9   99.9     99.9   99.9
1000
       9999     999   99.9    99.9   99.9   99.9     99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9   99.9

 1000  ALL    99999   99.9    99.9   99.9   99.9     99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9   99.9
 1001
       0001      999   99.9    99.9   99.9   99.9     99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9   99.9
      z     z  z    z   z   z    zzzzzzzzzzzz
 1999  ALL    99999   99.9    99.9   99.9   99.9     99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9   99.9
 1XXX STATUS 999999   99.9    99.9   99.9   99.9     99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9   99.9
 2000
       Z0001      999   99.9    99.9   99.9   99.9     99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9   99.9
       z     z   z    zzz     zzzzzz   zz    zz    z   z
 9998  ALL    99999   99.9    99.9   99.9   99.9     99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9   99.9
 9XXX STATUS 999999   99.9    99.9   99.9   99.9     99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9   99.9



 9999 ?STA#?  99999   99.9    99.9   99.9   99.9     99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9   99.9
 ALL STATUS 9999999   99.9    99.9   99.9   99.9     99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9   99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9  99.9    99.9   99.9

-------
                                                                    Figure 5
01
BATCH ID RANGE
999999999 - 999999999
NUMBER
MECH
NO.


1000
0001
• y
9999
1 000 ALL
1001
7 0001

/ X'
1 999 ALL
1XXX STATUS
2000
7 0001
FAIL
RATE
RET
ALL

99.9
./
99.9
99.9

99.9

/-'
99.9
99.9

99.9
# OF
VEHS
RTST
ALL

9999
X'
9999
9999

9999

^x
9999
9999

9999
C 0 L 0 R A
DO DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
ERROR / PERFORMANCE REPORT
PERFORMANCE SECTION
AVG EMISSIONS EM REDUCTION
FIRST FINAL AVG %
RTST
ALL

09.9
X
09.9
09.9

09.9

X
09.9
09.9

09.9
RTST
	

09.9
X
09.9
09.9

09.9

X
09.9
09.9

09.9
RTST
ALL

09.9
x
09.9
09.9

09.9


09.9
09.9

09.9
RTST
ALL

99.9
X
99.9
99.9

99.9

X
99.9
99.9

99.9
# OF AVG EMISSIONS EM REDUCTION
VEHS FIRST FINAL AVG %
RTST RTST RTST RTST RTST
ALL ALL 	 ALL ALL

9999 09.9 09.9 09.9 99.9
X X X X X
9999 09.9 09.9 09.9 99.9
9999 09.9 09.9 09.9 99.9

9999 09.9 09.9 09.9 99.9

x x^ / / /
9999 09.9 09.9 09.9 99.9
9999 09.9 09.9 09.9 99.9

9999 09.9 09.9 09.9 99.9
AWT 1 If* -API IMMTC
INSP ?'OF AVG
COST VEHS COST
RTST
ALL ALL

99.9 99.9
X X
99.9 99.9
99.9 99.9

99.9 99.9
Z_ , .-y
X
99.9 99.9
99.9 99.9

99.9 99.9
RTST
ALL

99.99
x^
99.99
99.99

99.99

^x"^
99.99
99.99

99.99
MMM 29, 1999
PAGE 999
RFH PPPA 1 PC
% 81+ AVG
VEHS COST
RTST
ALL

99.9
z.
99.9
99.9

99.9

X
99.9
99.9

99.9
81+ R
81+ A

999.99
^^
999.99
999.99

999.99

^^
999.99
999.99

999.99
       9998  ALL     99.9    9999     09.9    09.9     09.9    99.9     9999   09.9    09.9     09.9    99.9     99.9     99.9  99.99   99.9  999.99
       9XXX  STATUS  99.9   999999     09.9    09.9     09.9    99.9   999999   09.9    09.9     09.9    99.9    99.9    99.9  99.99   99.9  999.99
       ALL  STATUS    99.9 9999999     09.9    09.9     09.9    99.9   9999999    09.9    09.9     09.9   99.9    99.9    99.9  99.99   99.9  999.99

-------
asterisks for remedial  assistance  from  the  Department of Revenue  (CDR)
inspectors.  The second section, performance,  concentrates on consumer
protection aspects of the inspections and adjustments.  By comparing
the performance of a mechanic  or a station  with  the average performance
("ALL STATUS"), the quality of adjustment and  repair can be monitored.
Again, asterisks will  flag abnormal  rates.   Copies of the batch error/
performance report will  be distributed  to Department of Revenue (CDR)
inspectors, who will  conduct field visits at those stations indicated
on the report as having aberrant error  or performance rates.
    The last stage of accuracy checking in  the "green system" occurs
when the batch data are merged with the master,  or entire extant, data
bank.  The master tape used is the computer tape generated when the
immediately previous data batch was merged;  it is one week old.  Two
back-up copies of the master tape, two  and  three weeks older than the
master, are retained.   The three week old tape is rotated to a separate
storage vault each time a new  master tape is created.  At the nost,
three weeks'  worth of inspection forms  would have to be rescanned to
recapture data in case of a catastrophe.  When the batch tape is merged
with the master, the program counts the number of records, puts them in
order by the sequential  scanner number,  and checks for duplicate
sequential numbers.  This phase produces error condition reports.
Figure 6 is a mock-up of a graphic description of the quantities and
types of errors found in both  the  batch and new  master data files.  It
reports the number of records  found unreadable ("bad scans"), then
depicts each type of error as  a section of  the "pie."  For quick
reference purposes graphic depictions are very useful.
    The accuracy checking accomplished  by the  "green system" identifies
abnormalities based on statistical  assurances.   The abnormalities can
                                57

-------
   REPORT  DATE
   XXX 29,  1999
                                                   Figure 6
                             COLORADO  DEPARTMENT   OF  H
                                         INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE  PROGRAM
                                              WEEKLY BATCH SUMMARY
                                                                                               E  A  L  T H
en
00
           BATCH TOTALS

BEG INNI NG  ID	999999999
END I NG ID	999999999

RECORDS  IN	zzzzzz9
BAD SCANS	zzzzzz9
RECORDS OUT	zzzzzz9

FORMS WITH NO ERRORS	zzzzzz9a
FORMS WITH QUESTIONABLE ERRORS
AND NO FATAL ERRORS	zzzzzz9
FORMS WITH FATAL ERRORS...zzzzzz9
                ****#******»*»*
            »**»#======    •«••*****
         ***»++========i"!!.'!... .****
       *»*+++++========	***
      **+++++++========	**
    **-H-+-M-++++========	**
   **+-H~H-++++++=======	**
  **+++++++++++++======	+++**
 **+++ f+++++++++++=====	++++++**
                                                         FORMS WITH NO ERRORS    :++++
                                                         FORMS WITH QUESTIONABLE
                                                         ERRORS & NO FATAL ERRORS:....
                                                         FORMS WITH FATAL ERRORS :====
                                                                                          NEW MASTER  TOTALS
                                                                                 OLD TOTAL RECORDS
                                                                                 NEW TOTAL RECORDS	zzzzzz9

                                                                                 FORMS WITH NO ERRORS	zzzzzz9

                                                                                 FORMS WITH QUESTIONABLE ERRORS
                                                                                 AND NO FATAL ERRORS	zzzzzz9

                                                                                 FORMS WITH FATAL ERRORS...zzzzzz9
                                                                                           *»*****»****»»»
                                                                                       »*»**======>	**»»»
                                                                                    »»**++========,]]*.*!....»*»*
                                                                                  ***4-++++=s==ss: = =               #*#
                                                                                 **+++++++=== = == = =	**
                                                                               **++++•*•.++++======= =	**
                                                                              *»+++++++++•(•+= = = ====.	**
                                                                             **++++++++++•(•++======	-H-+**
                                                                            **++-H-H"H-f+++-M-+=====	+-M-+++**
**+++++++++++++++++====
*+++++++++++++++++++===
*++++++++*+++++++++++==
                                                       +++++++++++**
                                                     ++++-H-+-M-+-H-++*
                                                  +-H-+++++++-M-++++*
                                                                   *++++++-(-++-l-++++++++++-H-= .
                                                                                                                    +++-M- •*-•(•+•»•++++++++++*
                    *+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++*
                                                                                       **++++-(• -H-I-+++++-I-++-H-+++-H-+++-I-+++++++++++-H-+++**
                                                                                         *+++++++++++++++ +++-M-++-H-I-H-+++++++-H-+++-I-+++*
                                                                                            **++++++++•++•)•++++++ ++++++ ++-I-+++ +•»•++++**
                                                     l-4- +++***
                                *****+++++++++++-)•+*****
                                    * **#*»*«-»*#****
                                                                                                        »*»****»*»***»»
                            FORMS WITH NO ERRORS	zz9*
                            FORMS WITH QUESTIONABLE  ERRORS
                            AND NO FATAL ERRORS	zz9?
                            FORMS WITH FATAL ERRORS	zz9$
                                                                              FORMS WITH NO  ERRORS	zz9?
                                                                              FORMS WITH QUESTIONABLE ERRORS
                                                                              AND NO FATAL ERRORS	zz9$
                                                                              FORMS WITH FATAL ERRORS	zz9$
     a"Forms  with  no errors" may be either error  free or with errors assigned values  lower than the outpoints specified  for  this report.

-------
rest either with the inspection station or mechanic,  in  which  case it
becomes the focus of attention for enforcement,  or with  the  data
handling procedures, in which case Mobile Sources and Data Services
must correct the procedures.   Only extensive testing  will prove the
full capabilities and reliability of the accuracy checking element of
the full volume data analysis system.

4.4  "Blue System" Information Producing
    Data analysis for the "blue system" was devoted almost exclusively
to providing information.  One report,  the weekly "AIR Error Report,"
was custom programmed in COBOL, with the other programs  relying on the
capabilities of SPSS.  The brevity of the "blue  system"  (six months)
precluded extensive custom programming.  Appendix G includes a summary
of "blue system" reports, copies of two reports,  and  report  schedules.
Several bar graphs are also included;   these were produced by  trans-
ferring computer generated summary data to a Hewlett-Packard 85
graphics terminal not operated by the Data Services Section.

4.5  "Green System" Information Producing
    With the "green systen" three reports will be supplied on  a
routine basis:
         monthly             station performance
         bimonthly           model  year performance
         quarterly           distributions and test results
In most cases the type of information provided regulates the frequen-
cies at which the reports are produced.  Model year performance can
vary so much, for example, that bimonthly reporting compensates for
short-term variances.  While  the complete data analysis  for  the
"green system"  is being developed,  interim reports are provided on a
                                 59

-------
frequent basis using a preprogrammed software package.   Report  topics
Include:
    1.  emission reduction,
    2.  pass/fall  rates on the entire data base,
    3.  retest rates,
    4.  the number of vehicles falling 1n the first and  second  test.
    All of the programming mentioned so far,  except that for the
Interim reports, has been custom written for  the  needs of the AIR
Program.  Developmental time,  as shown in Figure  7, can  be quite
lengthy, and unexpected delays can easily double  the amount of  time
required.   Using preprogrammed software can decrease the burden placed
on the programming staff.  The AIR Program relies on one of the
available software packages,  the Statistical  Package for the Social
Sciences (SPSS),2  for almost  all  requests for special reports.  SPSS
is a package designed for social  science data but is useful 1n  most
fields.  It is excellent for  data manipulation, provides for flexible
labeling and saving of data files, and is especially valuable when
many different analyses are to be run on the  same data.  Its capabili-
ties include descriptive statistics,  contingency  tables, regression
analysis,  partial  correlation, analysis of variance, discriminant ana-
lysis, and factor analysis.  The AIR Program  staff finds the SPSS
package somewhat less efficient than other packages when used to per-
form significant numbers of calculations or data  transformations.
Costs for programs like SPSS  vary greatly; $3,000 originally and
    2SPSS is a trademark of SPSS,  Inc.  of Chicago, Illinois, for its
proprietary computer software.   No materials describing such software
may be produced or distributed  without  the written permission of SPSS, Inc.
                                 60

-------
                                                                             Figure 7
                                                                      DATA ANALYSIS PROJECTIONS
     Date Prepared:  February 2, 1982
Week Ending:   1/8   1/15   1/22   1/29  2/5   2/12  2/19  2/26  3/5   3/12  3/19  3/26   4/2    4/9   4/16  4/23  4/30
BATCH DATA
Scanner
Program
Output: Tape
Printout - Form Counts
Error Level 3
Program
Output: Tape
(Printout - Error Messages)
Error Levels 1 and 2
Program
Output: Tape
Level 3 Error Summary Report
"Weekly" Error/Performance Report
Merge
Program
Output: Tape
Batch and New Master Summary
(Error Condition Report)
CUMULATIVE DATA
Routine Reports
Monthly Station Performance - Report
- Program
Bimonthly Model Year Performance - Report
- Program
Quarterly Distributions and Test Results - Report
- Program
Special Reports
(To be determl ned)

















































.














































a
a


a..



a

a
a
a..

a.


a

a

a






b



























































































































































































































































































crv
       Concept . . .        Design	           Development	..	        Testing
       aAwa1ting approval by Mobile Sources Section
       bTo be revised when Department of  Revenue adds mechanic numbers to tape.
                                                         Operational

-------
$1,000 per year to use it 1s typical.   A more complete description
of SPSS appears 1n Appendix  H.   It  should be noted that SPSS does
require a certain level  of computer and statistical knowledge and
experience.  A knowledgeable staff  member will be able to manipulate
the SPSS program to extract  needed  information.  A recent AIR Program
analysis, for example, compared emissions reductions of models with
sealed and unsealed idle mixture screws.  The analysis was accom-
plished with the SPSS program by carefully excluding makes and model
years from the pertinent data base, rather than by custom designing a
program over two to four weeks  or more.  Other analyses which can be
accomplished include:
    • if all inspected vehicles had to  pass for carbon monoxide, what
      would reductions be,
    • what reductions would  be  obtained in a carbon monoxide only
      program with the same  standards as now, and
    • how large a reduction  is  obtained on vehicles still falling after
      adjustments.

4.6  Staffing, Equipment, Costs, and Other Computer Systems Considerations
    Staffing for the data analysis  component of the AIR Program comes both
from CDH Mobile Sources (three  Full  Time Equivalents) and CDH Data Services
(one FTE).  One Mobile Sources  staff member is responsible for data
functions.  He is a programmer  and  additionally is familiar with the I/M
program in general so he can, for example, design the fault chart for the
questionable errors.  One other member  coordinates the data collection
and a third is the data clerk who checks and orients the inspection forms
before scanning.  Three individuals in  Data Services have contributed to
aspects of the AIR Program.   With their one FTE for the AIR Program
they provide expertise in the areas of  the NCS scanner, COBOL, SPSS,
                                 62

-------
statistics, and general  project supervision.   As  the  AIR  Program
completes developmental  activities,  the four  FTE's  should decrease  to
two FTE's.  Programming  will  decrease to a  minimum, requiring  only  a
part of a Mobile Sources FTE  and no  Data Services FTE.  Although  the
data clerk will be busy, .5 FTE of the data coordination  position should
be available for other duties.
    The Colorado AIR Program  uses a  Data 100  (Northern Telecom) system
as a remote job entry (RJE) station.    This system  accepts jobs for
the central processing unit and prints reports.   It should be  noted
that the standard report graphics are being printed on a  non-graphics
terminal.  This complicates programming tremendously  for  pie charts.
Some bar graph programming had  been  developed for another project and
is being applied to this project. An IBM 3033 functions  as the
mainframe.  Actual analysis occurs here, although the IBM 3033 is not
known as a system especially  adept at numbers analysis.   As the data
files increase in size,  processing time may become lengthy.  Some
general concerns for computer systems needed  to handle projects like
the AIR Program are as follows:
    • Can the system handle large files?
    • Is the operating speed  acceptable for the types of  analyses to
      be accomplished and the types  and volumes of  data to be  analyzed?
    • Can the system support  SPSS or one of the other statistical
      packages available?
    • What types of storage are available on  the  system?
    The AIR Program data system is handled  in weekly  batches for data
update.  All data are stored  on tape and are  batched, rather than being
stored on-line on disk.   This greatly reduces the costs of the data
system.  January 1982 is not  a  representative month for data costs
                                 63

-------
because full volume analysis had not begun  and  the  data  base was
small.  It does serve,  however,  to indicate the savings  afforded  by  a
batch system.  Costs,  excluding  SPSS costs, totaled $163.  Central
processing unit (CPU),  or actual  analysis,  time was only $20 at a rate
of $263 per hour.   $93  of the $163 was  for  program  development; part
of the remaining charges was for hanging  22 tapes during the month.
On-line charges for a  similar amount of effort  could have been six to
eight times as much, and storage costs  for  the  80,000 to 100,000
records on file in January could have been  considerable.  As a data
system develops, costs  are expected to  increase with the volume of data
on file and the increased amount of processing  time required to ana-
lyze the data.

4.7  Administrative Detail
    All data analysis  requests,  whether from the Department of Revenue,
the Legislature, or reporters, are handled  by the Department of Health.
Routine reports are typically for purposes  of enforcement or program
administration (setting standards, reviewing reductions, etc.)  and
are provided to agencies and groups as  needed.   Included are the Air
Quality Control Commission,  Department  of Revenue,  Legislature and
legislative committees, EPA,  County Health  Officers,  and media repre-
sentatives.
    The only serious problem encountered  in the data  analysis com-
ponent of the AIR  Program has been that of  scheduling.  It has proved
extremely difficult to  accurately estimate  how  long to allow for deve-
loping programming. Because Mobile Sources and Data  Services work
together closely,  coordination of their efforts to  eliminate waits on
                                 64

-------
each other has seemed to present the worst problem.   Problems  associated
with equipment failure,  Illnesses and vacations,  and  programming
difficulties are to be expected.   Extra  time  needs to be  built into
planning schedules to accommodate for them.   If contracted equipment  is
being used, extra time should be allowed for  data staff to become
familiar with it.
                                 65

-------
5.0  SUMMARY





5.1  Description



    The Colorado Automobile Inspection  and  Readjustment  (AIR) Program



uses machine readable forms to  collect  emissions  inspection and



readjustment data.   This makes  it unique  among  inspection/maintenance



(I/M) programs currently operating.   Reliability  and cost of the opti-



cal mark reading system were the  primary  reasons  for using it rather



than other automated-systems.   Over  3,000 licensed mechanics have been



trained to complete the hand-coded inspection form.  The forms are



collected during monthly station  audits by  Colorado Department of



Revenue (COR) inspectors.   The  services of  a NCS  Sentry 7010 optical



mark reader operated by Denver  Public Schools have been contracted to



scan the forms, converting the  data  fron  handwritten narks to a com-



puter tape.  Data on that tape  are analyzed by  a  state operated com-



puter, an IBh 3033.  Reports are  available  at regular intervals to



satisfy the two primary questions regarding the AIR Program:



    •  are consumers being adequately protected,  and



    •  are the desired emissions  results  being  achieved?



Special reports are available upon request  and  are produced with a



pre-programmed statistical  package,  the Statistical Package for the



Social Sciences (SPSS).



    The I/M program in Colorado has  been  implemented in three phases.



The earliest consisted of data  gathering  from studies, conducting a



limited number of voluntary inspections,  and developing a mechanic



training program.  The AIR Program cane into being with Senate Bill 52



and Became operational July 1,  1981  (phase  2).  This six month phase
                                 67

-------
included aproxinately 140,000 vehicles which were fleet operated,  new



registrations, or vehicles undergoing change of ownership.   The



July-December 1981 program is referred to as the "blue system," from



the blue inspection form.   The "blue systein" afforded the AIR Program



staff opportunities to test, procedures and regulations before the



full-volume I/M program began January 1,  1982.



    The third phase of the program,  called the  "green system" because



of the green inspection form, is now partially  operational.   About 1.4



million inspections will  be conducted annually  at a  projected volume



of 20,000 inspections per  week.   The quantities of forms received  and



scanned have varied fron a rate  of around 3,000 per  week in  January, to



11,000-12,000 in early March, to over 20,000 form per week  in mid-April



Data on the resulting data tape  undergo computer analysis, but the full



report schedule is not yet operational.   A sophisticated error iden-



tification system is being developed which will  nake the captured'data



more useahle and also provide a  "reliability factor" to the  analyses.



This error identification  is the ^ost significant change between the



"blue system" and the "green system."  Both of  the systems have been



surprisingly successful  in capturing data, as well  as in capturing



seemingly accurate data.   Vlhen the "green system" is fully opera-



tional it will be able to  report just how accurate the data  records



actually are.





5.2  Critical Aspects of the AIR Program



    The most serious problem experienced  by the AIR  Program  appears  to



be that of projecting the  developmental time needed  by various com-



ponents of the progran,  especially data analysis.  Because it is an



innovative program, it is  difficult  to foresee  where more time should





                                 68

-------
be  built  into the projections.  Involving several groups (CDH, CDR,
Air Quality Control Commission) in aspects of the AIR Program means
that  no single resource can be assigned to all activities.   Each
activity  must be coordinated so that it is accomplished as its priority
requires  and as the several resources are available.  All  of the
resources need to be flexible.  Program changes can - and should - be
initiated internally as problems are discovered and solutions are
found.  Changes can also cone from outside sources in the form of
legislative action.  A viable I/H program can respond to specific
changes with a m'nimun of disturbance to the rest of the program.
Training  the mechanics to complete the coded inspection form has proved
valuable, whether one-on-one as was done in the earliest stages of the
AIR Program by CDR inspectors or in classes as has been done for
roughly two-thirds of the program.  Training appears to have contri-
buted  significantly to the high readability rate of the forms.
    One measure of the success of a data handling system can be
strictly  numerical:  how much information is gathered and useable?
The "green system" scans data from more than 20,000 hand-coded inspec-
tion  forms each week.  On the average, only 2.4% of the forms are lost
because of readability problems.  Of the remaining 97.6% of the data,
only  7% contains fatal errors when the fatal error cutpoint is
established at three or above.  Neither this 7% nor any percent of the
'data -identified as containing questionable errors (when that system is
operational) will be eliminated from the data base.  The full  97.6%
volume is available for analysis by sliding the fatal and questionable
error cutpoints on their respective scales according to the types of
                                 69

-------
analyses needed.   A large volume of inspection data is collected and



an unusually high percentage of that data is successfully captured



for data analysis.



    Another measure of success relates to what is done with the useable



data:   does data  analysis meet the reporting needs of the program?



Again the AIR Program seems successful.   The inspection forms are



approximately 30  days old when received for processing.  Ten days are



used for processing each batch completely.  Data results are therefore



no more than two  months old.  Custom programming produces in-depth



reports for each  hatch and on a routine schedule.  Usino a pre-



programmed pacl'.age such as the Statistical Package for the Social



Sciences (SPSS) allows a great deal  of flexibility for special



reporting.



    The Colorado  Alfl Program has been, and continues to be, developed



through a "learn  as you go" process.  This seems to be the key  to its



vitality today.  The data system efficiently collects emissions data



and processes those data to provide up-to-date information for  a



variety of needs.  The primary purpose of an I/H data system is to



answer the question, "How well is tin's I/f! program operating?"   By its



own example the Colorado AIR Program data system gives credence to the



answers it provides.
                                 70

-------
APPENDIX A
    73

-------
    The following text is from the most recent (August 7,  1981)  draft
of the Arthur Young & Company information system report for the
Colorado Air Pollution Control  Division.   Only those  sections
pertaining to the I/M program subsystem have been reproduced here.
                                75

-------
2.5  MANAGEMENT INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE PROGRAM


2.5.1  Introduction

         On July 1, 1981  Colorado's vehicle  inspection  and

maintenance (I/M) program will  begin on  a  change-of-ownership

basis.  Mandatory inspections for all affected  vehicles in  the  nine-

county I/M program area is tentatively scheduled  to begin on

January 1, 1982.  Relevant details of the  program are described

below:

    •    All 1968 and later light duty vehicles in the  program
         area must receive a certificate indicating compliance
         or adjustment with the I/M program  as  a  prerequisite to
         the current safety inspection.

    •    The emissions inspection will be  conducted in  licensed
         private garages.  Vehicles with emissions exceeding the
         standards or "cut points" established  for a particular
         model year must  be adjusted by  a  licensed mechanic
         according to manufacturer's specification in order to
         receive a certificate  (or if the  adjustments are
         conducted by someone else the vehicle  must "pass"  on a
         retest).

    •    Regardless of who makes the repairs, a second  test is
         performed on all vehicles which are repaired.   The
         purpose of the retest  is to indicate the change in
         carbon monoxide  and hydrocarbon levels over the first
         test.

    •    The program is designed to fail no  more  than 40 percent
         of the model year 1968 through  1974 vehicles and 30
         percent of the 1975 and later vehicles.

    •    The program will be administered  by the  Mobile Sources
         Section of the Colorado APCD in conjunction with the
         Colorado Department of Revenue  (which  currently
         administers the annual vehicle  safety  inspection
         program).

    •    APCD is responsible for training  Department of Revenue
         personnel to audit inspection and repair facilities, to
         train inspectors and mechanics, and to provide program
         surveillance.  APCD also must continually reevaluate
         cut points to avoid exceeding the 40 and 30 percent
         failure rates set as a maximum  by the  state law
         (Colorado Revised Statutes 42-4-306-5  et seq^)  which


                               77

                                -1-                     June 8,  1981

-------
         authorizes the program.   This law also requires the Air
         Quality Control Commission to report  annually the costs
         and effectiveness of the I/M program.

These requirements impose a variety of data gathering  obligations
upon the Mobil Sources Section.   Most of these can be  handled
through a Data Management Program.  Exhibit 2.5-1  depicts the data
flow which is described below in  greater detail.

2.5.2  Information Source
         The source of the data  is a one-page  form which is filled
out by the mechanic for each vehicle tested.   Exhibit  2.5-2 is the
form which is currently being considered.   This form will be read by
an optical scanner.

2.5.3  Data Collection Activities
         The data sheets will be  filled out by  hundreds of licensed
mechanics in the field.  The Department of Revenue will supply the
mechanics with the forms and will collect  the  forms on a monthly (or
more frequent) basis.   Approximately 1.5 million vehicles will be
inspected each year.
         Typically, the mechanic  will begin by  completing the items
which identify and describe the  vehicle (license number, model,
engine size) and identify the inspection station,  mechanic,  date,
etc.  Both a visual check (an inspection to determine  the presence
of pollution control equipment and exhaust system  integrity),  and a
tailpipe emission inspection are  conducted. The CO and HC emissions
are then entered onto the form.   If the vehicle passes both
inspections, the mechanic checks  off the compliance box on the form.
         Approximately one-third  of the vehicles are anticipated to
fail the inspection,  whereupon adjustments (and in some cases,
repairs) are made and tailpipe emissions retests are conducted.
These results and the cost data  related to the  repairs and
adjustments are entered onto the  forms.
                                78
                                -2-                      June  8,  1981

-------
UD
           DATA  INPUTS
             Inspector
             Prepares
            Data Form
Input Data Categories


a) Vehicle Identification
b) Vehicle Characteristics
c) Administrative
d) Cost
e) Inspection
f) Repair
                                          DATA PROCESSING
                                          Department of Health
                                          Data Processing Stores
                                           and Processes Data
                                          from 1.5 Million Forms
                                               Each Year
DATA OUTPUTS
                                                                                             Monthly Reports
 Quarterly Reports
                                                                                             Annual Reports
                                 EXHIBIT 2.5-1.   I/M PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

                                               DATA FLOW DIAGRAM

-------
                        EXHIBIT 2.5-2 PROPOSED DATA  FORM
                                                                                  t OM>< eigmta 1:1
            -rr». i».m
      COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
      "Air PROGRAM INSPECTISN/ntADJUSTMENT
                    REPORT
                                                      VIHICLE iot;;iif,CATION
 cw C\
,t-n* O!
,'ci.iv O
.Oil O
0 LICENSE HATE
1 1 1 1

GGGGOO
GOSO0O
GOOOOG
IGGG0GG
©GG®GG



oooooo!
®®G®GG

0 DATE Of TEST
T
[ 00
I0000000000


1
1 • 0000
I000000000©


1 ©
I000000000©


0STATIOM
NUMBER
1 1 1
0©00©0©00®
000©©00©0©
©00©00©©0©
0©00©0©0.0©



©

• ItriMC 1
kgulll
1 1
0©000©000©
000000000©
©00000000©
(i)00C-)00000®



O " "
1
©®
OG
GG
GG
GG
GG
G®
GO
G®
GG
"©I



©00&0000©©|
©0 1

1
(•} Clll1l'ICMlfl:< ISSUED
CUMTl.iiKC£ O
AOJUJTME'J.' G
OtNifO G

O RETES? C.-.;:::c:;S ifvu
*« CO t !>•• "C
i '
GG.G
00.0
G.G
! l 1

|fl.« C!  ®G®©®0
•   _ *•• I  I >•* *** y^ ^^. *"^ ^^
    C!
 MC
 ntos O
 ITU
 rt»M
        GOOOOG
        '©0©©0©
         GOGGGG:
         ,530.30®
        JG©®©G®

        '©00GO©

         ©G0©©©
        0OCOOO
|s^C  1000GS©
!S-JCA O  jGGGGGGj
i'ov C  S0G<££3
    Gi GGGGG©
    G! GGOGGG
    Oi 1000000
                                                                            ©.©I'" :"
                                                .... _®;
                                                 ©GO!
                                                 G©G!
6
IN

COSTS UN COLLARS!
:r

©®
GG
G
©
S
©
0
©
©


1
A3J

0®
GO
©
©
G
©
S
G
©



DttUiMa M'AIII
lAllOU



0000000000
00O000000©
000000000©



FARTS


00000000®©
©000000000
00©00©000©


© RETEST
VISUAL n:Mt;iDn
FAIt|0
CATAHTICCar.VERIjH G
AIR SVSUM O
EXHACST
JVSTEV INTEGRITY Q


©Gii!», GGG
G.®!""" j ©GG
G.O '• GOO
©.G' i GGGj
© P*SS G
© fAlt 0
O I certify Ihil 1 havt (eifotncd thit m;r;etion
and any required idjwitmiriti in acciv'ir:: «'J.
the iulc> and guldtlinci u( tin Colctc'o AIR
Program
SISKATURE Of LICEMStO EV.:SSIO.% MECHV-.C
                         ©
, IM.SSI
VIKIZLl
TIAIi
UiJ-71
1)11.14
l!»->l
Illl. 11
>«>» t
:n; STANOAROS
CO
>o\
tot
ssv
it\
in
_at_
U00),«
UOOi,.
1031,.
taou*
iS7iM INTEGRITY   Q
                             fmST TEST (MISSIONS KVELS
                           xcg
                          ®©.©
                          GGG
                            GG
                            GO
                            GG
                            G.G
                            G-G
                            GG
                                 Ittll.

                                 !• Ik*
                                 U( me III
                              ©
                              O
                                          ••«
©©©©
GGGG
GGGG
  GGG
  GGG
  GGG
  GG®
  GGG
  ©G©
                                                      VOIUMAH.T «:n;s
                                                                           ADJUST
                                        ME:r -.-Mr ~~\
                                                      TUf.'E-l?

                                                      CARCURET0.1

                                                      AIR CLEANER

                                                      CHOKE

                                                      OTHER
                        O
                        O
                        O
                        O
                        O
                                  'ASS   @

                                  »All   0
                                                        HOME ADJUST
                                                    •\CO
®®G©
GGGG
GGGG
GGGG
GGGG
GO®®
GGG©
GO©©
©GGG
•SSGG
CDC.!.©1
GG-TG
                                                                                 GOG®
                                                                                 ©SGU
                                                                                 ©OS®
                                                                                 ©GGG
                              USE A NUMBER 2 PENCIL ONLY ON THIS FORM
                                FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS ON REVERSE SIDE

                                  THIS COPY TO DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
                                                                                    PACE 1
                                             80

-------
                                      EXHIBIT  2.5-2             (Page  two)
                INSTRUCTIONS TO  LICEKCE-J Erji'.SSiOi'iS P.IECMAHISS
             (ONLY a Licensed Emissions Mechanic may  perform ti:is inspection.)

                                                NOTICE
The  first copy  (top) of this form will be  scanned electronically
Please keep the top copy free of dirt or grease.
Do NOT fold, staple, spindle, or mutilate lop copy.
Do MOT make ANY  marks on the top copy other than  specified  in directions.
You  may make notes on the second or third copies ONLY.
Use  ONLY a NUMBER TWO pencil  on this form.
Whcrj boxes  are  provided put one and only one  number or letter in each box.  if there are more tnxcs
than numbers or letters put enough  zeroes in  Iron! (to  the jeft) to fill up the extra buxes.  For a«c:.i;n by Die Fcr;:.i
    who does the work and relumed within 10 days for a frei reinspcctitn.

                                              BEINSPECTIOM
 E  If the vehicle was adjusted or repaired by  a licensed Emissions Mechanic, ccpy the s'atirn and rcchar.ic': iiceist •••ir.;-
    beis Iro.n the "A4|ustment Venlicat.gn" lorn under rum O. attach one ccpy  ol  the "Aj;u;..iieni  Vi'ilicmn  lo'rr.  to \.-.~,t
    1. and 30 on to Step G.
 F.  If  ihe vehicle was adjusted or repaired by a non-licensed  person, complete item 0.  II the vehicle  passes y> on 13 ,"•:»
    G.  II il fails, make Ihe adjustments or repairs  required and go on  to S:«p G  or mark  "Oemea" O. sign  the lorm J'.
    punch    CO    ©. and 'Date of Test" on pages 2 and 3. and give both  halves ol page 3 la the vehicle o.vner
 G  if ihe vehicle failed the first test visual, do the  rttesl visual inspection 0. il n passed ihe first test visual go on to s:c; H
 H  Oo the retest emissions inspection G. (mark PASS or FAIl for CO and HC].
 I.  Record trie amount charged lor  the inspection, thi adjustments  (if performed), and Ihe labor and parts casts lor rt;i:i^'1
    repairs ©
 J.  Record any voluntary repairs O.
 K. II th« vehicle passes both the visual and the emissions retests. mark "Compliance"  O. sign the form G. tunch
    G>. and "Data ol Test* on pages 2 and 3. and give both halves ol page 3  to the vehicle ov:ner.
  L  II the vehicle  passes the visual relest  but  fails the emiiiioni rtiest (and lor 133 fs and  newer. $10033  ais sp:nt :n
     imimoni repairs! maik  "Adjustment" 0.  sign the form ®.  punch   | CJA j   Q. and "Date ol  T-sl" un pgrj,: ; jUd
     }. and give both halves ol page  3 lo the vehicle owner.
  M  II KI Chicle  fails me visual retest tor. for I98t's and  newer, fails ihesrnss.cns  rtll!1,  .nt |,iS  ,hln S;00  M..  ,	,
     on emissions  repairs) mark  "Denier  0. sign the lorm ©.  punch   [ CD  |  ®. and  'Oa:e  ol  Test" on pj;s; 2 :i(!
     3.  and give both halves ol page  3 lo the vehicle owner.
                                                 81

-------
         The volume of data to be processed  will  be large.   If each
of the 1.5 million vehicles is inspected  there  will be  1.5  million
hard copy forms collected annually.   However, not all data  elements
will be completed on each form because vehicles which "pass"  the
visual and emissions test are not required  to be  adjusted and
retested.  Only about one-third of all vehicles are expected  to
fail, thus two-thirds (or about 1 million forms)  will be  partially
completed.  The type of adjustment or repair and  where  the  repair  or
adjustment is conducted will determine whether  or not other elements
are entered on the form.
         In Section 2.5.8 (data categorization) estimates of  the
volume of data to be processed for each data element are  given.
Based on these estimates, a total of 31.3 million elements  will be
processed the first year of the program increasing at a rate  of
about 8 percent per year.

2.5.4  Retention of Data
         Completed forms will be delivered to the Department  of
Health data processing section where they will  be read  by  an  optical
scanner and the data will be stored on tape.   The forms will  be
stored in a warehouse for at least two years.   The tapes will  be
retained in active storage for one year and retained  indefinitely
thereafter.

2.5.5  Data Calculation/Processing
         The inspection data will be used to  produce  monthly,
quarterly, and annual reports which present the number  of  failures
and emissions reductions by vehicle type, repair station/mechanic,
and the program as a whole.  These data are processed by the  data
processing station in the Department of Health.  Specific  data
manipulations are described below:
    a)   Counts, percentages, ratios, and emissions levels and
         comparisons for all vehicles tested,  passed, and  failed
         by station/mechanic, vehicle type, and totals.
                              82
                                -3-                      June 8,  1981

-------
    b)    Counts,  percentages,  ratios,  emissions  levels,
         reductions, and comparisons;  and  types  of voluntary
         repairs  for vehicles  which  failed the initial
         inspection by  station/mechanic, mechanic type  (licensed
         at  same  inspection  station, other licensed, or  non-
         licensed), vehicle  type, and  totals.

    c)    Adjustment and repair costs for vehicles which  failed
         the initial inspection by mechanic  type and totals.

    d)    Average  pass/fail  rates and accompanying emissions
         levels by vehicle  type,  reason for  failure,
         station/mechanic,  and totals.

    e)    Counts,  percentages,  ratios,  and  emissions levels,
         reductions, comparisons for vehicles which failed the
         intital  inspection  by vehicle type  and  totals.

    f)    Inspection, adjustment,  and repair  costs by vehicle
         type,  station/mechanic,  and totals.

    g)    Inspection, adjustment,  and repair  costs and failure
         rates  by reason for failure,  station/mechanic,  and
         totals.

    h)    Comparisons of current data with  historical data for
         trend  identification.


2.5.6  Output Descriptions

       Although no final decisions have been made regarding the data

output,  it  appears that there  will be  a monthly  report which will

contain tabular data output, a quarterly report  comprised of

aggregated  monthly reports and some  analysis of  the data, and a

formal  annual report which  will contain extensive analysis and

possible recommendations for program changes.  These three products
are more fully  described below.

       Monthly  Report  - This report  will probably not be distributed

outside of  the  Department of Health.   The  purpose of the report will
                              83
                                -4-                      June 8,  1981

-------
be to monitor the I/M program.   It will contain little or no
analysis and will probably consist of the following format:

    I.   The following are tabulated raw data categories:

         a)   For all vehicles  inspected and for each of  the
              following subcategories:

              •    Vehicles which pass  the first inspection.

              •    Vehicles which fail  the first visual
                   inspection (by item, e.g., "missing catalyst"
                   and total).

              •    Vehicles which fail  the first emissions test
                   (by HC, by CO, both  and total)

              •    Vehicles which fail  only the visual.

              •    Vehicles which fail  only the emissions.

              •    Vehicles which both  visual and  emissions.

              The following tabulations are required:

              •    Number

              •    Percent of total failed

              •    Average emissions

              •    Inspection cost

              •    Adjustment cost by:
                      Vehicle type (technology group, e.g.,
                      1968-71;  model year, make, number of
                      cylinder)

              •    Station/mechanic

              •    Totals

         b)   For vehicles which failed the initial inspection
              (visual, emissions, visual and emissions, visual
              only, emissions only, both) and;

              •    Passed the visual retest

              •    Passed the emissions retest

              •    Passed both  tests
                             84
                                -5-                      June  8,  1981

-------
          •    Failed the visual retest

          •    Failed the emissions retest

          •    Failed both tests.

          The  following tabulations are required:

          •    Number

          •    Percent

          •    Average initial and retest emissions

          •    Emissions reductions between initial and
              retest

          •    Cost of adjustment

          •    Cost of labor  for repairs

          •    Cost of parts  for repairs
              (The repair costs should be broken out by
              category:  tune-up, carburetor, air cleaner,
              choke, and other)

              by;
                  Repair/adjustment location (same station
                  as inspection, other licensed mechanic,
                  other non-licensed person)
                  Station/mechanic
              -   Vehicle type
              -   Totals

II.   The following derived comparisons will be presented in
     the monthly  report:

     a)    For  vehicles which  passed the initial inspection
          (both emissions and visual) compare the average
          emissions with all  inspected vehicles by vehicle
          type (technology group, model year, make, number
          of cylinders) station/mechanic and totals.

     b)    For  vehicles which  failed the initial visual
          inspection (by item, e.g., catalyst, and total) or
          the  emissions inspection (by HC, CO and total)
          comparisons with the average emissions of all
          vehicles inspected, all vehicles passed by vehicle
          type (technology group, model year, make, and
          number  of cylinders) station/mechanic and total.
                         85
                            -6-                      June 8, 1981

-------
         c)   For all vehicles which  failed  the  inital
              inspection  and  were  adjusted and retested,  the
              before and  after adjustment average  emissions by
              vehicle type, location,  station/mechanic and
              totals.
    III. For selected raw and derived  items  comparisons with
         equivalent data  from previous periods for  trend
         identification.
    IV.  Basic statistical analyses of certain raw  and derived
         data items.

       Quarterly Report - This report  will probably contain each
of the above mentioned items  aggregating over a  three month
period.  This report may  be circulated outside of  the Department  to
other intested parties (e.g., EPA) and perhaps the  general public.
The data in item (d) above (failure rates by model  year)  will be
used to "fine tune" the cut points such that the state statutory
ceiling on failure rates  is not exceeded.  Another  important item
which must be monitored on a  more  frequent than  annual basis is
item(g).  These inspection station data can  be used by Department of
Revenue for surveillance  and  quality assurance.  For example, if
certain stations are failing  or passing a disproportionate
percentage of vehicles they will be targeted for close
surveillance.  The cost data  may indicate stations  which  are
exceeding the statutory cost  ceilings  for inspections and
adjustments.   .            ,    ,
       Annual Report - The Air Quality Control Commission is
required under CRS 42-4-309 (9)(a) to  submit a report annually to
the Colorado General Assembly evaluating the overall program.  This
report, which will be drafted by the Mobile  Sources Section, must
include data on the costs and effectiveness  of the  program.  The
report must specifically  indicate1  the  number of  vehicles  which do
not met the cut points after  an adjustment has been made.  This
report will include considerably analysis based  upon the  monthly  and
quarterly reports.
                              86
                                -7-                     June  8,  1981

-------
2.5.7  Quality Control

       This section discusses quality control  for  the

inspection/maintenance data  base.   A number  of  checks  for  invalid

data are possible;  and these checks fall  in  several  categories,  as

is indicated below.
             - •• •  s.c i -
       A printout should be  produced by  the  computer of  any  invalid

data identified through automatic  checks.  Then the  errors should  be

corrected if possible, using the original  report form  to compare the

entries in the boxes above and the circles filled  in the column

below.

(1)  Does the entry have a feasible and  reasonable value?

          A large number of  infeasible or  unreasonable
     values may be eliminated by coding  the  data on  forms
     (Exhibit 2.5-2) with a  fixed  number  of  columns  and  only
     certain allowable entries per column  and  by reading the
     data with an optical scanner.  For  example, it  is not
     possible to enter the impossible emission  value,  150
     percent CO, on the form.  An  automatic  or  manual  check
     would be beneficial, however, to determine whether  no
     circles or more than one circle were  filled in  under  the
     same column.  Also, the date of test  should be  earlier  than
     the date on which the data base quality control check was
     done; this check can be done automatically.

(2)  Are the different entries on  a single form consistent?

          Any consistency check which might  reveal an  invalid
     data entry should be made.  It should be  possible to
     automate these checks.   The following is  a suggested  list
     of consistency checks:

     (a)  Is the model year  consistent with  (i.e., no  more than
          one greater than)  the year of  the  test?

     (b)  The certificate status should  be consistent  with other
          entries.   For example, if the  status  is  "COMPLIANCE,"
          the first or second test emission  levels should  be
          within the standards and the first or second test
          visual inspection  should have  been passed.  If a "home
          adjust" was performed, requiring compliance  with the
          standards and not  only with the manufacturer's
          specifications, then the "home  adjust" Pass/Fail
          status should be consistent with the  reported  emission
          levels and applicable emissions  standards.
                              87
                                -8-                      June  8,  1981

-------
     (c)   If  the catalytic  converter  or  fuel  filler  neck
          restrictor  visual  inspection was  failed, then the  year
          and model  of car  should  be  likely to  have  a  catalytic
          converter.
2.5.8  Categorization of  Data
       Following are the  categories (and  in  one  instance,
subcategories) and  specific  elements of raw  data collected.   None
are derived data.  In parentheses is the  rough estimate  of  the  total
number of elements  which  are expected  to  be  processed each .year
based on 1.5 million vehicle inspections  in  1982.
1)   Vehicle Identification
     •    License number  (1.5  million)
2)   Vehicle Characteristics
     •    Model year (1.5 million)
     •    Make (1.5 million)
     •    No. of cylinders (1.5  million)
3)   Administrat ive
     •    Date of test (1.5  million)
     •    Inspection station number (1.5  million)
     •    Inspection station number-for adjustment only  (0.1
          mi 11 i o n)
     •    Mechanic's number  (1.5 million)
     •    Mechanic's number-for  adjustment only  (0.1 million)
     •    Certificate issued (1.5 million)
4)   Cost
     •    Inspection cost (1.5 million)
     •    Adjustment cost (0.5 million)
     •    Repair (labor)  cost  (0.1  million)
                              88
                               -9-                      June 8,  1981

-------
     •    Repair (parts)  cost (0.1  million)
5)   Inspection
     Initital Test Visual Inspection (subcategory)
     •    Presence of catalytic  converter  (1.5  million)
     •    Presence of fuel filler neck restrictor (1.5 million)
     •    Presence of air system (1.5 million)
     •    Integrity of exhaust system (1.5 million)
     Initial Test Emissions (subcategory)
     •    CO percentage (1.5 million)
     •    CO pass/fail (1.5 million)
     •    HC parts per million (1.5 million)
     •    HC pass/fail (1.5 million)
     Retest Visual (subcategory)
     •    Presence of catalytic  converter  (0.5  million)
     •    Presence of fuel filler neck restrictor (0.5 million)
     •    Presence of air system (0.5 million)
     •    Integrity of exhaust system (0.5 million).
     Retest Emissions (subcategory)
     •    CO percentage (0.5 million)
     •    CO pass/fail (0.5 million)
     •    HC parts per million (0.5 million)
     •    HC pass/fail (0.5 million)
     Repair
     Voluntary Repair
     •    Tune-up (0.1 million)
     •    Carburetor.(0.1 million)
                             89                              ;
                                -10-                      June 8,  1981

-------
     •    Air cleaner (0.1  million)
     •    Choke (0.1  million)
     •    Other (0.1  million)
     Home adjust (subcategory)  (0.1  million)
     •    CO percent  (0.1  million),
     •    CO pass/fail (0.1 million)
     •    HC PPM (0.1 million)
     •    HC pass/fail (0.1 million)

2.5.9  Recommenda t ions
       Currently, the I/M  program will be administered  jointly  by
the CAPCD and the Department of Revenue.   As  described  above,  the
CAPCD will gather considerable  data  from  inspection  stations on
forms which are read  by an  optical scanner.   The  Department  of
Revenue, which will be required to gather operating  and surveillance
data on a periodic basis,  should also report  its  data  (e.g.,
condition of analyzers) by  inspection station.   Indeed,  .the
integrity and reliability  of the data gathered  by CAPCD from the
inspection forms is dependent,  to a  large extent, on the accuracy  of
the analyzers and the integrity and  ability of  the mechanics.
Station-specific data reported  by the Department  of  Revenue  can be
correlated to the CAPCD data to enhance surveillance and consumer
protection and to identify emissions data which may  be  inaccurate.
       As described in this section, the  I/M  data to be captured,
stored, sorted and reported relates  to the programmatic requirements
of the I/M program.  It is  possible  that  the  CAPCD Mobile Sourcess
Section will perform FTP testing on  a representative sample  of
                                                       ;  ,-
vehicles subject to the I/M program  to determine  the deterioration
associated with adjustments. These  data  could  be stored in  the data
base system and used  as emission factors,  or, to  revise  I/M credits  in
the MOBILE 2 program.  The  FTP data can  also be  used along  with the
tailpipe emission reductions to determine program effectiveness.
                              90
                                -11-                      June 8,  1981

-------
2.5.10  References

1)   Senate Bill No.  52,  General  Assembly  of  the State  of  Colorado,
     (Colorado Revised Statutes 42-4-306.5 et seq).   Enacted in
     1980.

2)   Regulation No.  11,  "Governing  the  Motor  Vehicle  Emissions
     Inspection Program for  the Control  of Air Contaminant and
     Emissions from  Motor Vehicles,"  Colorado Air Quality  Control
     Commission,  adopted  November 20, 1980.

3)   "I/M Data Handling Guidelines  Development," work in progress by
     Radian Corporation  for  the U.S.  Environmental Protection
     Agency.   These  guidelines  will suggest data which  should be
     generated,  captured  and analyzed to support local  I/M programs.
                              91
                               -12-                      June 8, 1981

-------
3.5  VEHICLE INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE SUBSYSTEM

3.5.1  Introduction
       The Vehicle Inspection and Maintenance Subsystem will  consist
of four major processing modules.  Each of  these  modules are  made up
of a series of programs or manual procedures normally  performed  in
one continuous flow to perform a specific task.   The modules
included in the Vehicle Inspection and Maintenance Subsystem  are:
    •    Data Collection and Preparation Module
    •    Master file update module
    •    On-line error correction module
    •    Report preparation module
Exhibit 3.5-1 following this page illustrates the data  flow for  this
subsyst em.

3.5.2  Inputs

    3.5.2.1  Vehicle Inspection Forms
             The primary data input to the  I8cM Sybsystem is from the
    vehicle inspection forms.  These forms  are hand marked by  the
    inspectors and then forwarded to CAPCD  for processing.  A  sample
    inspection form is shown at Appendix 3.5-A.
             All other input to the Subsystem is  in the form of
    corrections to input forms or control and selection  data
    provided to the report preparation module.  These  inputs will be
    detailed Section 3.5.5.3.

    3.5.2.2  Volumes
             The volume of data to be  processed will be large.   If
    each of the 1.5 million vehicles in Colorado  is inspected, there
    will be 1.5 million hard copy forms collected annually.
    However, not all data elements will be  completed on  each form

                              92
                                -1-                      June  8,  1981

-------
      VEHICLE INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE SUBSYSTEM
                        SYSTEM DATAFLOW
 Formt

 Colttction
10
oo




Son and Edit
i
r


Updatt Itaur FHa



                                                           m
                                                           X

                                                           5
                                                           H
                                                           W

-------
    because vehicles which  "pass"  the  visual and emissions  test are
    not required  to  be  adjusted  and  retested.  Only about one-third
    of all vehicles  are expected to  fail,  thus two-thirds (or about
    1 million forms) will be  partially completed.  The type of
    adjustment or repair and  where the repair or adjustment is
    conducted will determine  whether or not other elements are
    entered on the  form.

   . 3.5.2.3  Data Types
             The  data collected  by this system will be divided into
    five categories.  The categories of data include various data
    elements that will  be defined  in detail in the data
    dictionary.   the categories  include:
    •    Administrative and control  information
    •    Vehicle  characteristics
    •    Cost data
    •    Inspection  and emission measurement data  .
    •    Repair and  emission  measurement data

3.5.3  Outputs
       The outputs and  reports from  the Vehicle Inspection and
Maintenance System would include those reports necessary for file
maintenance and  those extracts necessary for periodic reporting.
Those outputs include:

    3.5.3.1  Edit reports
           This report  would  contain the rejected inspection records
    in a report  format  similar to  the  screen format used in the on-
    line error correction program.  This report, ordered by vehicle
    license number,  would allow  the clerical staff to review the
                              94
                                -2-                      June 8, 1981

-------
rejected Inspection records,  identify the errors,  and key
corrections into the on-line  error correction system.
       The report would display each record,  grouped by input
batches, highlight the errors,  and provide sufficient space for
over-written notes and corrections.  The report would then be
used as input to the on-line  error correction subsystem.

3.5.3.2  Update control, reports
         Various reports would  be produced by the  update
programs to provide quantity  and quality data to assure a
positive control to the updating of the I&M Master File.
         Reports produced by  these programs should show batch
control data such as batch numbers and record counts by batch as
well as record counts for the master file before and after
updating and number of records  posted.

3.5.3.3  Inspection and maintenance reports
         Various reports would  be produced on a periodic
basis.  These reports would include data such as:
•    1st test pass/fail statistics
•    2nd test - adjustments or  repair statistics
•    Type repair statistics
All reports would be formated according to either
•    Year, make of automobile
•    Year, make of automobile,  inspection station
All reports would be available  for:
•    Monthly statistics
•    Quarterly statistics
•    Annual statistics
•    Special reports/on demand  statistics

                          95
                           -3-                      June 8,  1981

-------
3.5.4  Data Base Description
       The major data files for the Vehicle  Inspection  and
Maintenance Subsystem would be:

    3.5.4.1  Input Inspection and  Maintenance  Forms  File
           This file would contain the data  collected from  the
    inspection forms after it has  been processed  through  the  mark
    sense machine.
           The original source documents should be  retained,  in
    batches, until that entire batch is successfully posted to the
    master file.  Similarly, the tape file received  from  the  mark
    sense process, should  be retained until  all batches on  that  tape
    are successfully posted to the master file.

    3.5.4.2  Reject Inspection and Maintenance Forms File
           This file would contain the records, grouped by  batch,
    rejected by the editing program.  These  records  would be  in  the
    same format as the input I&M file,  available  to  be  -processed in
    random order,  keyed on license number.   The batches would  be
    held in the reject I&M file until all records in each batch  are
    free of edit errors, control totals are  balanced, and the  batch
    is released for re-processing  by -the master file update
    subsystem.
           This file is resident on a direct access  device  and
    accessable on-line, in random  order,  by  the error correction
    subsystem.  Following  an error correction  cycle, batch  records
    are processed  sequentially,  by the edit  program.

    3.5.4.3  Inspection and Maintenance Master File
           The I&M master  file would be a complete accumulation  of
    all the inspection data collected year-to-date.  As batches  are
    released by the edit program,  they are sorted, reformated,
    updated with the Vehicle Identification  Number (VIN)  from  Motor

                              96
                                -4-                      June  8, 1981

-------
    Vehicle files and merged into the I&M  Master  File  in  VIN
    sequence.
           This file would be a  sequential file,  sorted by  VIN,  and
    stored on  tape.   The file could  be loaded  to  direct access media
    for some short-term purpose,  but for most  reporting purposes,
    the file would be extracted  and  sorted from the  sequential media
    in preparation for reporting.

3.5.5  Processing Modules
       In this section we will present a discussion  of each of the
major functions found in each processing module.

    3.5.5.1  Data Collection and Preparation Module

         3.5.5.1.1  Forms collection and batching -  Manual
              activities would be necessary to provide clean,
              orderly forms collected and  arranged in  batches  for
              input  to the mark  sensing process.   In order  to assist
              the clerks in this data preparation effort, one  corner
              of the form should be  notched to assist  in
              straightening the forms. Batch  control, consisting  of
              a batch number and a count of records  in the  batch,
              would also be developed at this  time.

         3.5.5.1.2  Mark Sense processing  - Current  plans call for
              the batches of inspection forms  to  be  sent  to the
              Denver Public School District Data  Center where  they
              will be processed and  the results returned  on standard
              data processing tape.

    3.5.5.2  Master File Update Module

         3.5.5.2.1  Sort and edit- by batch - This program will sort
              the input data by batch and  record  key.  The  record

                               97
                                -5-                       June  8,  1981

-------
          key  could  be  the vebicle  license  number or other
          unique  identifier.   The editing of each input record
          would be by criteria as listed in Appendix E.2
          following  this  section.

     3.5.5.2.2 Update  master  file  - The update program would
          format  the data as required  for the  Inspection and
          Maintenance Master File and  merge the records onto
          that file. At  this  point it would also be possible to
          add  the VIN number from the  State Vehicle License
          System  if  necessary.

3.5.5.3  On-line  error  correction module

     3.5.5.3.1 On-line correction  program  - This program,
          operating  through CICS, would allow  the on-line
          correction of errors as identified in the edit
          reports.  This  on-line subsystem  would allow access to
          the  rejected  records in a random  order and allow the
          correction of these  records  as the information became
          available  to  the clerk.   It  would also be possible to
          arrange these errors into batches to allow for
          appropriate controls of throughput by the clerical
          staff.

     3.5.5.3.2 Select  corrected records -  This program would
          select  records  that  had been corrected and released by
          the  clerical  staff and prepare them  for input to the
          Master  File Update Subsystem.

3.5.5.4  Report Module
         This  subsystem would  consist  of from  three to five
"sort and report" programs to  allow for the periodic reporting
of the statistics gathered by  the Vehicle Inspection and
                         98
                            -6-                      June 8, 1981

-------
Maintenance System.   Through parameters external  to the
programs,  the same programs could be used  for  reports  on  a
monthly, quarterly,  annual, or on-demand basis.   These reports
would include:
•    Reports ordered by year,  make of automobile
•    Reports ordered by year,  make,  station
•    Special reports and extracts
                         99
                            -7-                      June  8,  1981

-------
                         APPENDIX 3.5-A
Edit Criteria

         Data input from the Inspection and Maintenance data input

forms should be reviewed by the edit  program for  reasonableness,

data validity and data consistency.

    •    Reasonableness checks?

              License numbe.r should  be checked for conformance
              to one of the standard  license number patterns
              (i.e., XX-NNN).

              Station number should  be numeric and greater than
              zero.

              Inspector number should be numeric  and greater
              than zero.

              Model year should be numeric.

              Number of cylinders should be numeric.

              First test emission levels should be numeric and
              greater than zero.

              Retest emission levels should be blank or numeric
              greater than zero.

              Adjustment only station number should be blank or
              numeric greater than zero.

              Adjustment only inspector number should be blank
              or numeric greater than zero.

    •    All data should be tested to the extent  possible for
         validity:

              Date of test should be of valid month, day, year.

              Station number should  be from the list of valid
              stations.

              Model year shuld not be greater than the current
              year plus one.
                               1068-                      June 8,  1981

-------
     Visual inspection failed categories should  be
     checked against  make and model  data to  determine
     if those components were available  as original
     equipment on that automobile.

     Certificate status of "compliance"  the  emission
     levels for either the first  test  or the second
     test should be within the minimum standards  for
     emissions for that model year automobile.

Consistency checks should be made to ensure  that  it is
possible to have what  otherwise appears  to be
reasonable or valid data such as:

     The date of the  inspection should be  prior  to the
     current date.

     Cost amounts for  repair should  be equal  to  zero
     unless the first  inspection  test  emission levels
     exceeded the emissions standards.
                  101 -9-                      June 8, 1981

-------
APPENDIX B
   103

-------
    The following are documents  pertaining  to  statistical  analyses  and
sampling techniques.
    1.   Memo from Rick Fawcett to Jerry  Gallagher,  8/5/80
    2.   Memo from Elmer Remmenga to Jerry Gallagher, 8/27/80
    3.   Report by Elmer Remmenga, 10/9/80
                                105

-------
                                                        c5u
                                                        Colorado State University
Department of Statistics                                           0"'"8' Col°rad°
                             MEMORANDU
                          August  27, 1980
TO:    Jerry Gallagher, Industrial Sciences

                                   '  > I'
FROM:  Elmer Remmenga, Statistics  '-  -'


Survey costs are such that usually a small portion, a sample, of a
population is studied.  A cost analysis based on sample size must be
balanced against the precision of the sample results.  Samples are
always uncertain because of the vagaries of sampling—randomness,
chance, etc.  Intuitively, and theoretically, large samples are more
reliable; but also more expensive.  The amount of uncertainty depends
on the inherent variability in the population.  This variability can
be determined by theoretical concepts based on mathematical formula-
tions of the distribution (normal, binomial).

As an illustration, consider the probability of heads from tossing a
coin.  The coin may be honest or biased.  An infinite number of tosses
exist and only after evaluating several million tosses can the probability
of heads be stated precisely.  Consider tossing the coin ten times, a
sample of outcomes.  If the coin is honest, five heads are expected; but
four or six heads is not unusual and three or seven are not disturbing.
However, at some point (1, 2-, 8, 9 heads) the coin becomes suspect.  It is
known that 0 or 10 heads are possible in any given small sample and that
the next small sample will give a different result with larger samples
being more reliable; that is, we feel more secure, more confident, with
the data from a large sample (100 tosses of the coin).  Uncertainty is
the name of sampling, thus a sampling strategy is needed.

This paper is a simple look at sampling strategies involving the normal
approximation of the binomial, looking at a range of sample sizes, their
theoretical precision, and their cost.

The normal distribution is the error model most widely used.  Here it
provides the multiplier 1.96 which is the upper and lower bound of the
central 95 percent of the area under a normal curve.  If a data set is
adequately normal, then 95 percent of its area is bounded by the interval:
the mean ±1.96 standard deviations.

The binomial distribution recognizes only two outcomes (heads or tails,
pass or fail).  When the sample size is large (over 30) and the distribution
symmetrical, the discrete binomial can be approximated nicely by the normal
and thus take advantage of the property involving the 95 percent interval.
The standard deviation of  the binomial is"Vpq/n where p is the probability
of success (pass or heads) and q = 1-p is the probability of failure (fail
or tails).  As n becomes large, the standard deviation becomes small and
thus the estimates more precise,

-------
Jerry Gallagher
Page Two
August 27, 1980


A desirable result would be to be 95 percent sure with a narrow, but
affordable, range of uncertainty.

The N-n/N-1 is called a finite population correction and is needed to
compensate for large sampling proportions (when n/N is large, perhaps
greater than .05) and that will be true here.  The sampling involves a
large portion of the population.  When n/N is small, .01 or .001 (when N
is large, 1,000,000 or more), then the correction approaches one and is
ignored.  Here, it has a real impact with N=100.
EERrlmp
                                 108

-------
SAMPLE SIZE AND SAMI'LH PLAN.CnNSIDrRATIOWS  FOR  EVALUATING EMISSION TEST
                    RECORDS FOR CONSUMER  PROTECTION


Given 1.4 x 10  test reeor<.l.> each year  from 1200  stations at  an  average
of 100 records per station per month  (1200  x 12 x 100  =  1,440,000).   Few
test stations will have less than 20  tests  per  month but some may exceed
500.  This range in volume should be  considered.

The following suggested sample schemes  are  based  on several assumptions:
-fquality equipment everywhere, equally  competent  personnel, and  random
distribution of automobile.0, partially accomplished by  make-model speci-
fications for emission levels.  Volume  is still a problem.

Based on the 1979 report, a 35 percent  decrease in HC  can be  detected
with 30 to 100 records and a 35 :^jrcent decrease  in CO can be detected
with 20 to 25 record.'-:.  Thi.~  Lita is  somewhat suspect, however,  because
it does not really parallel the proposed  field  testing program and
apparently contains a variety of ti^ained-untrained personnel. It is the
only information readily available  on ppm HC and  percent CO.

These cliatif'.eG will o-xur only due to  the  85 percent of cars that pass
after repair of civ.- 3T; p-TCt.Tit that fail  on the first  test, about 30 per-
cent of the total.  A . ;n.al! :; tat ion handling only 40 tests per month will
have only 12 records that apply.  A 25  percent  sample  will get 36 records
in the sample each year.  The average station would have 90 records  sampled
per year.

Following an earlier supijysstion, a  sample of about 25  percent of the records
(350,000) is proposed.  This can be done  in two stages.

     I.   Sample one half of the stations each  month.  The 50-50 split can
          be accomplished with a random number  table or  by simply assigning
          odd-even license numbers  to odd-even  months.  I see no bias in
          sequence of,application and/or  assigning of  station licenses.  New
          stations can be .i.Kled to  the  scheme with no  problem.  A new 50-50
          split can be made each 2  months or the  same split maintained.  Each
          station will  be sampled  6  times  each year.

          Randomly, during a month  it  is sampled, each  station  will be
          evaluated in total to compare the sample with  the entire operation
          of the station.  This can be  accomplished with a random number
          table, sampling without replacement.  Approximately 100 stations
          will be evaluated each month.

     II.  Test records can be drawn from  the sample stations  each month by
          one of the following schemes.

          a.  Simple random sample.   Take one-half (every other  record) of
              the stations' records in  sequence.   The  order of appearance
              for inspection ought  not  be biased, but  there is likely to be
              an end-of-the-month rush  and  possible bias.  This  will result
              in a self weighting sample  and will be easy to  handle  compu-
              tationally.  Reliable results will  be obtained  for the population
              but large stations will be  over sampled  and small  stations under
                                    109

-------
10/9/80
EER:lmp
                                  -2-
              sampled and will have low precision.   Sample size would be
              about .25 x l.U x 106 = 350,000.

              Obtain a fixed number of observations from each station,
              say 50 per station, to correspond with a 50 percent sample
              of the average station and necessarily take all records for
              smaller operations.  The sampling would be accomplished in
              sequence by taking every n^h record from a file based on
              the monthly volume.

              Equal precision would be obtained for every station, unless
              there is very low volume and then all data would be used and
              the precision would be whatever happens for that station.  It
              would be necessary to use a different blow-up factor for each
              station to get total results for the  population, but this is
              a simple computer problem.

              Sample size would be approximately 1200 x 50 x 6 = 360,000.

              With equal sample sizes, it would be  very easy to obtain the
              probability that each station is out  of compliance each
              sampled month for percent failed and  change in HC and CO.

              Optical scanner records leading to an overall 80 - 90 percent
              sample would be preferable for efficiency, economics, and
              statistics.
                                   110

-------
   COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
   Division or Section of        Data Services	

                                  INTER-OFFICE COMMUNICATION

   TO  :  Jerry Gallagher                         DATE   :  August 5, 1980

   FROM:  Rick Fawcett                            SUBJECT:  Auto Emission Sampling
This sampling strategy assumes the primary target population to be the auto test
ing station's monthly data, with a secondary target population being all testing
station's yearly data.  The calculations used in this report are based on the
following figures:
               Primary population   •>?&    100
               Secondary population, =    1.4x10'
               Testing stations     ~    1,166
               X keystrokes/card    -^    50
               Cost/1000 strokes    ^    1.25

The user is cautioned that changes in the assumed populations may alter the
validity of this sampling strategy.

The primary target population may be sampled with a systematic sampling strategy.
if the collected station data is in random order, the first (n) cards may be se-
lected for each station.  If the cards are ordered when received from the testing
stations, the sample must be selected randomly.  Random sampling may be achieved
by numbering each card and selecting  (n) cards by using a table of random numbers.

The strategy used to select the data cards should be checked for validity with a
statistical comparison of the sample to the population.  This check should be
made at least once for each station.

The secondary target population may be sampled with a stratified time sample.
The strata being geographical subsets of the state of Colorado, i.e., counties,
planning regions, or any easily established boundary.  This will insure, that on
any given month, the sample will not be geographically biased. The sample time
should be based-.on monthly intervals, so that for any given month a testing sta-
tion will either be sampled or not.  Therefore, the time sample selected must be
a factor of 12.

For example, a 50% sample could be drawn from the secondary population by choos-
ing 1/2 of the testing stations from each planning region for 6 months, and the
other 1/2 of the testing stations for the other 6 months.

An alternating month system would reduce the chance of introducing a sampling
bias caused by changes occurring during the ye^r.  It would also reduce the
period that a given testing. station is not checked for accuracy.

The sample sizes (n) for the primary and secondary target populations must be
selected to produce an error figure that will be appropriate for the cost, both
in effort and dollars, if a wrong decision is made from the sample statistics.
Formulas and examples are provided which produce an error figure for a given
size.  This error factor can be used  to determine the range in which the samples
 proportion   will fall around the population proportion.  The error figure is
dependent on the sample si_ze, and may be reduced by increasing the sample size.
                                      .,,                Signature
   AD BUS-29 (10-29-100)

-------
                                     P.age 2
To:    Jerry Gallagher
From:  Rick Fawcett
                                     Date:    August 5, 1980
                                     Subject: Auto Emission Sampling
Given the differences between the sizes of the primary and secondary target popu-
lations, the error figure for the secondary target population will always be less
than for the primary target population.  Therefore, an acceptable error figure at
the primary level will also produce an acceptable error figure at the secondary
level.

Given the cost/1000 keystrokes and the X strokes/card, the data entry costs may be
estimated for  different sample sizes.
            "2

            KS
= population

= primary sample

= secondary sample

= X keystrokes per card
            NxKSxn-,xn^  x 1.25 = cost

              IxlO3
            Population

            1.4xl06x50   x 1.25 = 87,500.00
              1x10
                  3
            n1=50%   n2=50%

            (1.4xl06)x50x.5x.5  x 1.25 = 21,875.00
                1x10-
            n1=30%   n2=50%

            (1.4xl06)x50x.3x.5
                 IxlO3
                    x 1.25 = 13,125.00
The following sampling statistics were prepared by Bruce Ellis,  Statistical Analyst
for Health Services.
                                   112

-------
                                     Page 3
To:     Jerry Gallagher
From:   Rick Fawcett
                                           Date:       August 5, 1980
                                           Subject:    Auto Emission Sam-
                                                         pling
Using a total population size of 100 (N) from a target population defined as the
number of auto emission inspections of any given solution and of which a propor-
tion (P) represents passed inspections, an error term (e) can be calculated for
any given sample size (n) and acceptable confidence level (<*) such that P can be
expected to differ from the sample proportion (p) by no more than 'e'  with 100
(1-aO % confidence.  'e1 is calculated as the product of the standard error of p
and the 'z1 value appropriate to the selectedix. (in this case, x/2, applying a
two-tailed ^distribution):
The sample proportion p may be substituted for P, however, since p is also unknown
at this point a value of 0.25 can be used for the quantity £P(1-P)J , since this
is it's maximum value for all values of P between zero and 1.00.  Consequently, the
derived e represents an upper bound also.  This formula also employs the correction
factor (N-ii) for a finite population, assumed to be roughly 100 for any tested in-
       (N-l)
spection station.  The e*. level was set at 0.05 (95% confidence), for which a   z.
value of 1.96 (two-tailed) was identified.
For n=10, e =
                                                         )    =  .MSb
For n=20,  e


       /
 Q,  lo
•ML  V  J
                                     |i
-------
                                     Page A
To:     Jerry Gallagher
From:   Rick Fawcett
                                                   Date:       August 5, 1980
                                                   Subject:    Auto Emission Sampling
For n=50, e =


      /.96
              o~o
                     /oo-5-o \
                      	— J    =
                     /LO •" i   -^
These error terms represent an upper bound for all values of P.  If P equals 0.65,
e can be calculated for sample sizes 10, 30 and 50 at .2820, .1440 and  .940, re-
spectively.  Nonetheless, 95% of samples of size 10, drawn from a population of 100
with P=.65, can be expected to derive sample proportions ranging from (P-e) to  (P+e),
or  fron  .3680 to  .9320.  Consequently, a sample size of less than 30 for a target
population defined as the vehicles inspected by a given station in a given month
seems inadvised.

Should the target population be defined to include all vehicles inspected by a  given
station  throughout the year, the expected error can be calculated (for  an estimated
     of  12 x 100  or 1200) for a combined sampling taken every-other month:

For n=60 (10 per  month for 6 months), e =
 For  n=120 (20  per  month  for  6 months),  e =
 For  n=180 (30 per  month for  6  months),  e
 For n=240 (40 per month for 6 months),  e =
     J . «1 U
                             - /
                                     114

-------
                                     Page 5

To:     Jerry Gallagher                         Date:       August 5, 1980
From:   Rick Fawcett                            Subject:    Auto Emission Sampling
Again, these errors represent upper bounds and may be lower for known values of P.
The critical issue with defining the target population in this manner, however, is
whether the sampling approach is viable, and whether the month and day of the in-
spection represents a systematic bias.

Note:  This uses a normal approximation to the binomial distribution.  This is
appropriate for sample sizes of around 15 or more if P lies between 0.35 and o.65,
but may be an inadequate approximation for smaller samples.
Source:
       Wulpose, R.E. Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists,  1972
                     pp 201-205

       Ferguson, G. A.  Statistical Analysis in Psychology and Education.  1971
                        pp 135-143
                                    115

-------
APPENDIX C
    117

-------
    The following text is the  section of  the Vehicle Emissions Control
Study Guide - AIR Progran (January,  1982) which explains the use of
the vehicle inspection forms.  The inspection form discussed is the
green fora put in use in  January  1982.
                                119

-------
                       VEHICLE INSPECTION FORM
                        General  Instructions

    The following pages contain  samples of the step-by-step  procedure
for using and filling out the emissions inspection form.   A  typical
vehicle is used for the example  and hypothetical  vehicle  data is
presented.  For actual  inspections the vehicle data should be taken
from the vehicle registration.  Actual station and emission  mechanic
numbers should always be used.  The format used in this presentation
may be different from what is used in real emissions testing.   However
if the general procedures used in filling out the form are understood,
no difficulty should be experienced in using a similar form  of this
type.
    Each form consists of a top  sheet and two copies.  In addition,
the lower half of copy #3 is the owner's notification  of  failure  to
pass the initial inspection.  The top half of copy #3  is  the emissions
certificate and should be given  to the owner when the  inspection  or
inspect ion/readjustment process  is completed.
    Only a number 2 (No. 2) lead pencil  may be used in filling out the
vehicle inspection form.  Write  on a hard surface (clipboard,
tabletop, etc.) and bear down firmly so the recorded information  can
be read on all copies.   Use care so that the form-is not  soiled,
folded, torn, punctured or mutilated.  The top (#1 copy)  will  be
optically scanned by a computer  reader.   An agent from the Colorado
Department of Revenue will collect the top (#1 copy) periodically.
                                 17e
                             121

-------
    Once the inspection form is  Initiated,  the  official  inspection process
has begun and that form cannot be crossed  out,  erased,  or used for any
other vehicle.  Inspection forms may be  obtained  from the Colorado
Department of Revenue and available to only licensed  AIR emission testing
stations.

                         VEHICLE INSPECTION FORMS

I.  FIRST TEST INFORMATION
    The following instructions show how  to  complete sections  of the form
for vehicles being tested for the first  time.   Information requested in
blocks #1-9 must be accurately recorded  on  the  form for  all  vehicles being
inspected.  Blocks #10, 11, 16 and 17 must  be completed  for all  vehicles
that pass the first inspection.
    A.  Obtain the vehicle identification  number  (VIN)  from the registration.
Compare with the VIN on actual vehicle (numbers must  agree)  and write this
number in block #1, "VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER."

Example:  ZL45GPR102935.
                0VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
                                  122
                                  18e

-------
B.  Code the vehicle make  In  block  #2.   Example:  AMC
    C.   Write In and code the actual  vehicle

(plate  and registration must agree) in  block
                   ©©©©•©
                   ©©©©©©
                   ©©©©©<
                   00000©
                    T) (7) O (T) (T) (7
                   00000©

                   0®®©®©
                   ©©©©©©
                   ©©©©©©
                   ©000©©
                   ©0®0©0
                        ©©©©©©
                        I (5) (*)(?)(*)(?)(*
                              19e

                            123
                                          license (metal) plate number

                                          #3.   Example:   MA1024
                                                  If the number has less
                                                  than six digits, shift
                                                  the number to the right
                                                  and code zeros in the
                                                  empty spaces to the left.

                                                  Temporary, paper license
                                                  plate numbers are not to
                                                  be recorded.

-------
    D.  Write in and code the date  that  the  inspection form is started in

block #4.  Example:  January 5, 1982
                               DATE OF TEST
                                       e a
    E.  Write in and code the emissions  station  license  number in block #5.

Example:  0043
                                 STATION
                                 NUMBER
                              OOM 3
©©©©

€>©•©
                                                  If  the  number has less
                                                  than  four  ditits, shift
                                                  the number to the right
                                                  and code zeros in the
                                                  empty spaces  to the left.
    F.  Write in and code your emissions mechanic license  number in  block  #6.
Example:  0315
                                                  If the  number  has  less
                                                  than  four  digits,  shift
                                                  the number to  the  right
                                                  and code zeros in  the
                                                  empty spaces to the left.
                                  20e
                                 124

-------
    6.  Write In and code the last two digits  of  the  vehicle year of

manufacture 1n block #7.  Example:  1976.
                                            • C
    H.  Write 1n and code the number of engine cylinders  In  block

Example:  1976 AMC, 6 cylinders
                                     i or
                                      en
                                      <0
                                                 NOTE:   Rotary  engine
                                                 vehicles  should  be  coded
                                                 as to  the number of rotors,
    I.  Write 1n the Inspection cost In block #9.  Code  the  circles  under

the dollar portion only.
                                                 NOTE:  Maximum Inspection
                                                 cost  1s  ten  dollars.
                                  21e
                                125

-------
Having  accurately completed all  required information in  blocks #1-9, you
are now ready to perform the actual  emissions  Inspection.
    Important;  Check  the exhaust  system for excessive leaks and code  the
                 form as required.
                                  IMPORTANT!

                                IF EXHAUST SYSTEM
                                LEAKS ENOUGH TO
                                CAUSE POSSIBLE
                                DILUTION OF THE
                                SAMPLE. FILL IN
                                THIS CIRCLE.   x-v
NOTE:   If excessive leaks
are  found, proceed  with
the  Inspection.
 II.   IDLE TESTS
      A.  Code  the appropriate  circle in block #10.  Visual  inspections are

 to  be done on  ONLY 1982 and  newer vehicles.   Code "81  or older"  if

 applicable.
                                  FIRST TEST VISUAL
                                     82 OR NEWER Q
                            PASSED             FAILED
                             © CATALYTIC CONVERTER ©
                             © FUEL RESTRICTOR    ©
                             © AIR SYSTEM        ©

                             • 81 OR OLDER
                                      22e
                                    126

-------
      B.   Following approved procedures, obtain  the idle  CO and HC  readings.
Compare  with  the maximum  allowable  emissions  standards  schedule  for CO and
HC;  write in  and code the actual  idle CO and  HC readings in block  #11,
"FIRST TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS."  Example:  2.1%  CO and 110 ppm HC.
             FIRST TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
            SCO
            a1,
                  Cetteare
                  tlMM
                  tethe
                  MC MMMI
                  year
                  tested.
       • ©©•
       ©••O
                            ©0®
                            ©0©
            co,
PASS
FAIL
. HC
EMISSIONS STANDARDS
VEHICLE
YEAR
1968-71
1972-74
1975-76
1977-78
1979 6
LATER
CO
7.0%
6.0%
5.5%--
35%
2.0*V
HC
1200ppm
1200ppm
SOOppm
500ppm
4UOppm
      C.   If CO  and HC readings are equal  to or  less than  the applicable
standards, code "COMPLIANCE"  in block  #16; record  the sticker/certificate
number,  and sign  the inspection form  in block #17.
         CERTIFICATION ISSUED
          COMPLIANCE  •
          ADJUSTMENT O
          DENIED     Q
               © I certify that I have performed this inspection in accordance
                  with the roles end guidelines of the Colorado AIR Program.
                         SIGNATURE OF LICENSED EMISSIONS MECHANIC
The emission inspection is  now completed.   Forms  can be separated and
distributed.
                                     23e
                                    127

-------
III.  VEHICLES WHICH FAIL THE  FIRST  TEST
    The following  Instructions  show how to complete sections of the
Inspection form  for  vehicles  which  fall the first test with CO, HC, or both
emissions levels greater  than applicable standards.  At this time, the
vehicle owner has  authorized  the  original  emissions mechanic to make
corrective readjustments  to the failed  vehicle.   (See Sections IV and V for
adjustments made by  other than  the  original  emissions mechanic.)
REVIEW
    A.  Information  requested in  blocks #1-9 must be accurately completed
and coded as described in Sections  I and II.
    B.  Code the appropriate  circle in  block  #10.  Visual  inspections are
to be done on ONLY 1982 and newer vehicles  (See  Section VI).  Code "81 or
older" if applicable.
    C.  Following  approved procedures,  obtain the Idle CO  and HC readings;
compare with the allowable limits schedule  for CO and HC readings; write in
and code the actual  idle  CO and HC  readings  in block #11,  "FIRST TEST
EMISSIONS LEVELS."   Example:  1976  vehicle,  7.5% CO and 650 ppm HC.
  n)  FIRST TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
   •A CO
    71*
  •©•©
     •
         ttest
         livili
         t*th«
         stantertt
         Mind.
    CO
(y  PASS
•  FAIL
                  p»«HC
                  , HC
EMISSIONS STANDARDS
MODEL
YEAR
C0(%)
HC(ppm)
1968-
1971
7.0
1200
1972-
1974
6.0
1200
1875-
1976
5.5
800
1977-
1978
3.5
500
1979*
NEWER
2.0
400
If the CO, HC, or both
readings are above
applicable standards,
notify the owner that the
vehicle has failed the
first test.
                                  24e
                                128

-------
    D.   In many cases you will  be requested to make  the required  five

parameter adjustments (Chapter  C, Study Guide) and complete the  inspection,

After doing the adjustments,  retest the vehicle to obtain another set of

final emissions readings.  Write in and code the information  in  block #15,

"FINAL  TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS."   Example:   0.1% CO and  20 ppm  HC.
                          ©FINAL TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
                           SCO
                          OOl
                            O-O
                                 Crapart
                                 Itvils
                                 lotto
                                 •Missions
                                 sultan's
                                 formM
                                 yaar
                                 taitart.
                                           iHC
                    002
                    ©000
                    ©©•©
                      ©®©

                      ©0©
                      ©®©
                      ©0©
                            CO,
               PASS
               FAIL
HC
    E.   If the final  emissions  levels are  equal to or below the  applicable

standards; code  "COMPLIANCE"  in block #16.   If either CO, HC or  both are

above the standards,  code "ADJUSTMENT."  Write in and code the station

license number, your  mechanic  license number and the  adjustment  costs ($15

maximum).  Code only  the dollar portion  in  block #12.   Sign the  form in

block #17.
AIR" PROGRAM ADJUSTMENTS
                                                             CERTIFICATION ISSUED
                                                             COMPLIANCE •
                                                             ADJUSTMENT O
                                                             DENIED     Q
                                              Sj) I certify that I have performed this inspection in accordance
                                                 with the rules and guidelines of the Colorado AIR Program.
                                                        SIGNATURE OF LICENSED EMISSIONS MECHANIC
The emissions inspection is  now complete.   Forms can  be separated.


                                     25e

                                   129

-------
IV.  VEHICLES THAT HAVE FAILED THE FIRST TEST AND ARE READJUSTED  BY
     OTHER THAN THE ORIGINAL EMISSIONS MECHANIC
     In some cases, the vehicle owner may choose to take the  failed
vehicle and attempt to repair or adjust 1t himself, or perhaps  to a
non-licensed mechanic.  If the owner chooses to do this, separate
the lower half of page #3 (do not separate the form pages) and  give
1t to him/her explaining that he/she has up to ten days (from the
date of the first test) to return for one free relnspectlon at  your
station.
     A.  When the owner returns, retest the vehicle to obtain
another set of emissions readings and compare with applicable
standards.  If the vehicle passes, write 1n and code these readings
In block #15, "FINAL TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS" and code "COMPLIANCE"
In block #16.  Sign the form 1n block #17.
©FINAL TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
%CO
o|i!5
•©•©
©••

Compare
these
levels
to the
emissions
standards
lor model
year
being
tested.
ppmHC
0& 00
©©•
-8.E 8-





® CERTIFICATION ISSUED
COMPLIANCE •
ADJUSTMENT ©
DENIED O


© 1 certify that 1 have parformad thia inspaction in accordance
with tha rtilai and guidelines of tha Colorado AIR Program.
JeJLrX *sT. WSUWMVU/L--
SIGNATURE OF LICENSED EMISSIONS MECHANIC

     B.  If the returned vehicle fails this retest, the owner may
now allow you to perform the five parameter adjustments.  If the
owner wishes to remove the vehicle to have it repaired/adjusted
elsewhere, he may do so.  If the owner authorizes you to perform
the adjustments, make the necessary adjustments.
                                  26e
                                  130

-------
    1.   If the vehicle now passes,  write  1n  and code  these final

readings  In block #15, "FINAL TEST  EMISSIONS LEVELS,"  and code

"COMPLIANCE" In block  #16.
         @ FINAL TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
          %CO
                thorn
                livtli
                to tin
                lor
                yoor
                taiiog
                ttittd
       ppmHC
                      O  I 5o
©©©©
  ©®©
  ©®®
           CO,
PASS
FAIL
  , HC
                                                 CERTIFICATION ISSUED
                                 COMPLIANCE •
                                 ADJUSTMENT Q
                                 DENIED     Q
    2.   If the vehicle falls after your  readjustment, write 1n and

code these final  readings 1n block #15 and  code "ADJUSTMENT" In

block  #16.
          ©FINAL TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
           %CO
          ©©•
            ©•(i
            ••€
              •(
            ©•(£
            ©•©
              •
Compira
ttiix
livili
to tho
ttandirdi
lor modtl
yur
boioi
tutid.
                  PASS
                  FAIL
                         ppnHC
        ©©©
        ©•©
        >HC
                                                   CERTIFICATION ISSUED
                              COMPLIANCE ©
                              ADJUSTMENT •
                              DENIED     Q
                                     27e
                                  131

-------
     C.   Write in  and code  the station  license  number  and your
mechanic license  number.   Write  in the adjustment costs but  code
only the whole dollar amount in  block  #12.  Sign the  form  in block
#17.
"AIR" PROGRAM ADJUSTMENTS
                                           © I certify that I have performed this iMieetion in accordance
                                              wife the rule* and guideline* of the Colorado AIR Program.
                                                      SIGNATURE OF LICENSED EMISSIONS MECHANIC
                                                        The  maximum AIR
                                                        Program cost for
                                                        adjustments is $15.
The  emissions inspection  is now  completed.  The form  may be  separated.
V.   ADJUSTMENTS BY  ANOTHER LICENSED EMISSION MECHANIC
     Some  vehicles may be  adjusted by another licensed  emissions
mechanic  outside your shop.   Such information  will appear on an
"adjustment  verification" form  (below)  attached to the lower half,
page 3 of the original  inspection form  when the owner  returns.
This information  (station and emissions mechanic license numbers,
and  retest  CO and HC emissions  readings) must  be transferred
(written  and coded) to  pages 1  and 2 of the inspection form.
                           MANDATORY ADJUSTMENT VERIFICATION FOR-M
                OR 1380 (2/821                            '   S«ct1on 
-------
    Roles may be reversed and you could be asked  to  readjust  a
vehicle that has failed elsewhere.  You must  be sure  to  write in
and code your station license and emission mechanic  license number
as well as the final CO and HC emissions  reading  on  the  adjustment
verification form.
VI.  VISUAL INSPECTIONS:  1982 AND NEWER  VEHICLES
     All 1982 and newer vehicles are required to  have a  visual
inspection of certain specific emissions  control  equipment as
originally installed by the manufacturer.  From the  underhood
emissions control label or decal, determine the type  of  emission
control equipment installed on the vehicle being  inspected,
specifically:
     - Air pump or air aspirator system
     - Catalytic converter(s)
     - Unleaded fuel required
If no decal or sticker is present or this specific information  is
not available on the decal/sticker, consult an appropriate shop or
emissions control manual.
     Visually inspect the vehicle for the following equipment if
originally equipped:
     - Air pump or air aspirator system
     - Catalytic converter(s)
     - Fuel filter inlet restrictor
     All parts of the above system are to be installed and intact.
Only a visual inspection is to be done, no functional  or
performance tests are to be performed.  If missing or damaged
                                   29e
                                133

-------
equipment/parts  are observed during the  first inspection, code
block #10 accordingly and proceed with the inspection.  You  should
take First Test  Emissions Levels for CO  and HC and record in  block
#11.  You may  not  issue an emissions compliance or adjustment
certificate  if the vehicle fails this visual  inspection.
      ij)  FIRST TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
       SCO
          •
             Coapirt
             tb*u
             (mil
             trtlw
ItrmtM
YMf
Mnf
ttstri.
         p»»HC
          S)\Z,
       ©•©©
       ®@@©
         ©©©
     <
     (
                       ©<•)(•
                       ©0©
        CO,
 PASS
 FAIL
.HC
                              FIRST TEST VISUAL
         82 OR NEWER 0
PASSED             FAILED
 • CATALYTIC CONVERTER ©
 © FUEL RESTRICTOR     •
 • AIR SYSTEM        ©
                                               OBI OR OLDER
VII.  VEHICLE  REPAIRS
    Although  encouraged, repairs  beyond  the required five  parameter
adjustments  are NOT REQUIRED.

Note:
As of July  1,  1982, all 1981 and  newer vehicles that fail  after
adjustments  are performed are  required to spend up to a maximum of
$100 of  emissions related repairs to  lower tailpipe emissions.
Repairs  need  only be performed  until  the vehicle is in compliance
with the standards or the $100  maximum has been spent; whichever
comes first.   This excludes  any required repairs as a result  of
failing  the  Visual Inspection  ('82 and newer).
                                    30e
                                 134

-------
    Repairs  to and/or replacement of items  covered in the  visual

inspection must be completed  before any  final  adjustments  can be

performed.   For 1982 and  newer vehicles,  these items include:

    - Air pump or air aspirator system

    - Fuel filter inlet  restrictor

    - Catalytic converters)

    After repairs and/or  adjustments have been made, a  final  set of

CO and HC readings should be  made.  Write in and code these

readings  in  block #15.   Example:  0.3% CO and 25 ppm HC.
                            ©FINAL TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
                             %~CO  I      I   ppm HC
                            •••©
                            ©©•©
                              (£)•(£
                                •
                              CO
Compart
th>M
(avail
to tht
•mission*
stinkards
for modal
yair
being
taitad.
 PASS
 FAIL
                                           0*5"
©©©©
©©•©

  ©©©
  ©©•
  ©©©
  ©©©
                                     31e
                                    135

-------
    Write In the parts and  labor  costs  (for the repairs which were

performed on the vehicle) in  block  #13.   Code only the dollar
portion.
Example:
Parts = $51.22
Labor =  24.52
Total   $75.74
i5 EMISSIONS
 REPAIR COST
(81 OR NEWER)
                                OOO
                                @©©
                                ©@@
                                ©©©
                  Note:   The "Repair
                  Cost"  (maximum $100)
                  does not include the
                  inspection or
                  adjustment fees.
     If  the CO and HC readings are equal to or below  applicable

 standards, code "COMPLIANCE" on block #16.
                               CERTIFICATION ISSUED
                                COMPLIANCE •
                                ADJUSTMENT O
                                DENIED    Q
     If the readings are still above  standards  after appropriate

 repairs and/or adjustments, code  "ADJUSTMENT"  in block #16 and sign

 the form in block #17.
© CERTIFICATION ISSUED
COMPLIANCE O
ADJUSTMENT •
DENIED O

© 1 certify that 1 have performed this imp •ction in accordance
with the rale* and guidelines of the Colorado AIR Program.
•JJajLi^. ~~3T. I'M fl (L\*b«UA*>
SIGNATURE OF LICENSED EMISSIONS MECHANIC
                                    32e
                                  136

-------
VIII.  INSPECTION FORM DISTRIBUTION
    After  the vehicle Inspection  form has been completed or more
than ten days have elapsed  since  the first inspection,  the
inspection form document is to  be separated and  distributed as
follows:
    PAGE #1  - Hold for pick-up  by the Department  of  Revenue
               investigator.   DO NOT fold, staple, mutilate, soil or
               otherwise damage  this section.
 .   PAGE #2  - Retained by the licensed emission  testing station for
               purposes of record  keeping.
    PAGE #3  - Vehicle owner's copy.
IX.  EMISSION CERTIFICATE:  "DENIED"
    If a failed vehicle is  not  returned for a  retest within ten
days of the  initial inspection, code block #16 "DENIED."
    If the vehicle owner refuses  to allow a licensed AIR Program
emissions  mechanic to perform corrective readjustments  and/or the
'81 and newer repairs to a  vehicle that fails  the  retest, code
block #16  "DENIED."
              ©FINAL TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
                 CO
©.(«
••*
(!).(»
                CO ,
                    Campari
                    these
                    levels
                    to the
                    emissions
                    standard!
                    for modal
                    yaar
                    being
                    tested.
      PASS
      FAIL
                            ppmHC
                          0130
. HC
                                                 O CERTIFICATION ISSUED
                                      COMPLIANCE O
                                      ADJUSTMENT Q
                                      DENIED    •
                                    33e
                                   137

-------
X.  FREE REINSPECTION


    Each emissions testing station must provide ONE FREE REINSPECTION


upon request for each vehicle originally tested and failed either


for visual or tailpipe test.  This obligation extends for a period


of ten days following the initial inspection.
                                   34e
                                  138

-------
APPENDIX 0
    139

-------
    The following documents are slightly reduced copies  of three  types
of inspection forms.  The first is the "blue form"  in  use  for  inspec-
tions from July 1, 1981 through December 31, 1982.   The  second is the
"green form" in use for inspections conducted after December 31,  1981.
The third is the newest type o^ form and will  be used  beginning
July 1, 1982.  For a discussion of differences between the first  two
types of forms, consult section 3.1.   The actual  forms are 81/fc" x 12"
with a 5/8" strip at the top to hold the three pages and two carbon
sheets together.  Page one is white with colored ink.  Page two is
light blue with colored ink, page three is yellow with colored ink.
Pages two and three are of lighter weight paper than the
"Trans-Optic"® bond of page one.   The instructions  (page four)  are
printed on the reverse of page three.  Alternate columns are shaded
on all forms.
                                141

-------
      BLUE FORM



July - December, 1981
         143

-------
                                                                                          NCS Ttana-Optic B10-31366 321
    COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
    "AIR" PROGRAM INSPECTION/READJUSTMENT
                      REPORT
                                                      ©
                                                        VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
AUTO
MAKE
AMC  ©
AUDI  ©
AUHE ©
AUS1  ©
BMW ©
BUCK ©
CADI  ©
CHEK  ©
CHEV  ©
CHRY ©
OATS ©
DODG ©
FIAT  ©
FORD ©
HOND©
INTE  ©
JAGU ©
JEEP  ©
LANC  ©
LINC  ©
MAZD ©
MEBZ ©
MERC ©
MG   ©
OLDS ©
OPEL  ©
PLYM ©
PONT ©
PORS ©
PUGT ©
RENA ©
SAAB ©
SUBA ©
TOY   ©
TRIP  ©
VOLK  ©
VOLV  ©
QTHR Q
© LICENSE PLATE
©©©©©©
©©©00©
©©©©©©
©©©©©©
©00©©©
©©©©0©
 2)©®©®®
©0©©©0
®®®®@®
®0®®0®
®®®®@0

©©©©©©

©0©©©©
O©O©O©
©Q©©©©
©©©©©0
©©©©©©
©©©©©©
©©©©©©
©©©©©©
      I/CL/CL/CI
©©©©©©
©©©©©©
       ©©©©©©
       ©©©©©©
                              DATE OF TEST
                           ©
                           ©
                           ©
                           (T)
                         3©
                           ©
                           ©
                           ©
           STATION
           NUMBER
       ©©©©
       ©©©©
       ®@©®
       ©©©©
       ©0©®
       ®@®0
       ©0Q©
       ©0©®
            . MECHANIC'S
            '  NUMBER
          ©0©®

          ©©©©
          ©®0©
          ©©©©
          ©©©©
          ®©@®
          ©00©
          ®@®0
          @®@®
      ©«a
       ©0
                                                                           ©
                                                                           ©
                                                                                   CERTIFICATION ISSUED
                                                                                            COMPLIANCE ©
                                                                                            ADJUSTMENT ©
                                                                                            DENIED     ©
                                  COSTS (IN DOLLARS)
                         INSP.
                        ©©
                           ©
                           ©
                           ©
                           ©
                                 ADJ.
                           ©
                           ©
                           ©
                           ©
                           ©
                           ©
                                          REQUIRED REPAIR
                                         LABOR
©0©
©©©
©0©
©0©
©0©
©©©
©0©
©0©
                                                   PARTS
©©©
©Q©
©@©

©©©
©©©
©0©
©0©
                                                                      RETEST
                                                          VISUAL INSPECTION
                                                                       FAILED
                                                       CATALYTIC CONVERTER ©
                                                       FUEL RESTRICTOR     ©
                                                       AIR SYSTEM         O
                                                       EXHAUST
                                                       SYSTEM INTEGRITY   Q
                                                                                           RETEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
                       % CO
                       )©.©
                     ©0.0

                                                                                        Compare
                                                                                        these
                                                                                        levels
                                                                                        to the
                                                                                        emissions
                                                                                        standards
                                                                                        for modal
                                                                                        year
                                                                                        Doing
                                                                                        teslod.
                                       ppm HC
®©0©
©00©
                                                                                                        ©00
                          ©   PASS  ©
                          ©   FAIL  ©
I  certify that I  have performed this inspection
and any required adjustments in accordance with
the rules and guidelines of the  Colorado AIR
Program.

   SIGNATURE OF LICENSED EMISSION MECHANIC
                                                                                                  124693
EMISSIONS STANDARDS
VEHICLE
YEAR
1968-71
1972-74
1975-76
1077 78
19791.
LATER
CO
7.0%
6.0%
b5%
35%
2.0%
HC
1200ppm
1200ppm
800ppm
SOOppm
400ppm
© FIRST TEST
VISUAL INSPECTION
FAILED
CATALYTIC CONVERTER ©
FUEL RESTRICTOR ©
AIR SYSTEM ©
EXHAUST
SYSTEM INTEGRITY ©
@ FIRST TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
% CO

0©
Compare
these
levels
to the
emissions
standards
for model
year
being
tested.
ppm HC

©©©©
Q©©0
©©©
®@©
®@®
®@®
®@®



© VOLUNTARY
REPAIR
TUNEUP ©
CARBURETOR ©
AIR CLEANER ©
CHOKE ©
OTHER ©
(specify)



Q HOME ADJUST
% CO
T
PASS
FAIL
ppmHC

0
0
                         ©   PASS   ©
                         ©   FAIL   ©

                         USE A NUMBER 2 PENCIL ONLY ON THIS FORM
                            FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS ON REVERSE  SIDE

                              THIS COPY TO DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
                                        144
                                                                                       ADJUSTMENT ONLY
                                                                                   STATION
                                                                                   NUMBER
                                                                                 ©©0©
                                                                                 ©00©
                                                                                 ©00©
                                                                                 ©®@©
                                                                                        MECHANIC
                                                                                         NUMBER
                                                                                        ,0)® ® ©
                                                                                       Q©Q©
                                                                                       ©00©
                                                                                       ©0©0
                                                                                       0©©©
                                                                                                 PAGE1

-------
       COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
       "AIR" PROGRAM INSPECTION/READJUSTMENT
                        REPORT
                                               o
                                                                 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIOM NUMBER
   AUTO
   MAKE
AMC  O
AUDI  O
AUHE  O
AUST  O
BMW  O
BUCK  O
CADI  O
CHEK  O
CHEV  O
CHRY  O
OATS  O
DODG  O
FIAT  O
FORD  O
HONDO
INTE  O
JAGU  O
JEEP  O
LANC
LINC
MAZD
MEBZ
MERC
MG
OLDS
OPEL  O
PLYM
PONT
PORS  O
PUGT
RENA
SAAB  O
SUBA  O
TOY
TRIP
VOU
VOLV
OTHR  Q
© LICENSE PLATE
©0©©©©
©©©©©©
©©©©©©
 3)©©©@©
©00©©©
©©©©©©
©©©©©©
©0©©0©
0®®®®®
©©©©©©
©©©©©©

©©©©©©
©
0©O©O©
©©©©©©
     ©(
©©©©©©
©®©@®®
   Z) O O O QL
©0©©©©
©©©©©©
                                 DATE OF TEST
                    ©
©
 INSP.
   O
EMISSIONS STANDARDS
VEHICLE
YEAR
1968-71
1972-74
1975-76
1977-78
1979 b
LATER
CO
7.0%
6.0%
5.5%
3.5%
2.0%
HC
1200ppm
12DOppm
BOOppm
SOOppm
400ppm
   ©
        5)©
        3)©
          ©
          ©
          ©
       ©
       ©
       ©
       ©
       ©
                         STATION
                         NUMBER
©©©©
©©©©

©©©©
©©©©
©©©©

©©©©
©©©©
                          . MECHANIC'S
                          1  NUMBED
©©©©
©©©©
©©©©
®©®0
©00®
©©©©
©©©©
0©
0©
5)©
                                           CERTIFICATION ISSUED
                                                                   COMPLIANCE  O
                                                                   ADJUSTMENT O
                                                                   DENIED     O
COSTS (IN DOLLARS)
        AOJ
          ©
          ©
          ©
          ©
                  REQUIRED REPAIR
                LABOR
     ©©©
     0©©
     ©®©
     ©0©
     ©0©
     ©®©
                          PARTS
                                          ©©©
                                          ®©0
                       RETEST
                  VISUAL INSPECTION
                               FAILED
               CATALYTIC CONVERTER ©
               FUEL RESTRICTOR    ©
               AIR SYSTEM        Q
               EXHAUST
               SYSTEM INTEGRITY   Q
RETEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
                                                                % CO
               ©O-©
               ©O-0
                                                                O.®
                                                                      Coalite
                                                                      these
                                   to the
                                   emissions
                                   stondords
                                   lor model
                                   f»i
                                   being
                                   teit>d.
                                                                               ppmHC
           ©0©©
           ©©©©
           ©®0©
             ©0©
                                                                     ©0®
                                                                   ©  PASS
                                                                   ©  FAIL
                                                     is:
            ©     I certify that  I have performed this inspection
                   and any required adjustments in accordance with
                   the rules and guidelines  of the Colorado AIR
                   Program.

                     SIGNATURE OF LICENSED EMISSION MECHANIC
                                                                                          124693
    FIRST TEST
          VISUAL INSPECTION
                                         FAILED
                         CATALYTIC CONVERTER O
                         FUEL RESTRICTOR     ©
                         AIR SYSTEM        ©
                         EXHAUST
                         SYSTEM INTEGRITY   O
                             ©  FIRST TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
                                 CO
                                      Compile
                                      these
                                      llvtls
                                      to the
                                      emissions
                                      itinditdt
                                      for model
                                      yen
                                      being
                                      tested.
                                  ©
                                  ©
                                                 ppm HC
                                     ©©©©
                                     ©©Q©
                                     ©©©©
                                        ®@©
                           VOLUNTARY REPAIR
                                     TUNE-UP
                                     CARBURETOR
                                     AIR CLEANER
                                     CHOKE
                                     OTHER
                                       (specify)
                                        O
                                        o
                                        o
                                        o
                                        o
                                                                  HOME ADJUST
                                  SCO
                                               »*>HC
                                                                     PASS ©

                                                                     FAIL  ©
                                                    ADJUSTMENT ONLY
                                                                            STATION
                                                                            NUMBER
                                   0©0©
                                                         ©00®
                                                         0©©©
                                                                       MECHANIC
                                                                       NUMBER
                                   ©00©
                                      3)©G
                                   ©©©©
                                   ©00©
                                                           ©0©®
                                                           ©©©©
                                                           ® ® ® ®
                                                           000©
                              PASS
                              FAIL
                                  THIS COPY TO BE, FILED AT AIR PROGRAM STATION
                                                                                          PAGE 2

-------
                                                                                                     NCS Tran»-Optic BIO 31356 321
        COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
        "AIR" PROGRAM INSPECTION/READJUSTMENT
                           REPORT
                                                                       VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
                                                                                                     124693
   AUTO
   MAKE
AMC  O
AUDI  O
AUHE O
AUST O
BMW O
BUCK O
CADI  O
CHEK  ©
CHfV  ©
I;HRY O
UATS O
OODG ©
FIAT  O
FORD O
MONO O
INTE  ©
JAfJU O
JtEP  O
LANC O
LINC  O
MAZD©
MEBZ
MERC
MG   ©
OLDS O
OPEL  O
PLYM O
PONT O
PORS O
PUGT  O
RENA O
SAAB O
SUBA O
TOY  ©
TRIP
VOLK
VOLV
OTHR Q
    LICENSE PLATE
LOU
© DATE OF TEST
MO



OAV



VH
1
/TI STATION
^ NUMBER




                IMPORTANT INFORMATION TO VEHICLE OWNERS
        1. You must keep  both halves  of  this form to present to a  safety
           inspector at  the time of vehicle safety inspection.
        2. You must have  both halves  of  this form  to  transfer to the new
           owner should you sell this vehicle.
        3. YOU  MUST HAVE  A  CERTIFICATION OF EMISSIONS  CONTROL
           BEFORE YOU SELL THIS VEHICLE.
        4. KEEP THIS CERTIFICATION WITH YOUR REGISTRATION.
0
CERTIFICATION ISSUED
COMPLIANCE ©
ADJUSTMENT O
DENIED O
    PLEASE
    READ
    WARNING
    BELOW:
@ COSTS (IN DOLLARS)
INSP



ADJ.



REQUIRED REPAIR
LABOR





PARTS



   WARNING:
   II the retest visual inspection portion of this form (box 11)
   indicates that this vehicle is missing any emissions control
   equipment, you  may be required to have this  equipment
   installed before you receive  your next emissions inspection
   and/or  safety inspection.  Please contact a licensed emis-
   sions mechanic  or  the Department of Health for specific
   information.
                            RETEST
                       VISUAL INSPECTION
                                     FAILED
                    CATALYTIC CONVERTER O
                    FUEL RESTRICTOR     O
                    AIR SYSTEM          O
                    EXHAUST
                    SYSTEM INTEGRITY    Q
                                                  RETtST EMISSIONS LEVELS
                                                v. CO
Compere
these
levels
to the
emissions
standard!
for model
veer
being
tested.
                                                                 ppmHC
                                                                                                          ©00
                                                                                            ©
                                                                                            ©
 PASS
  FAIL
©
            Ul
            W!
            3
            82
                   85]
                ©     I  certify that I  have performed this inspection
                       and any required adjustments in accordance with
                       the rules and  guidelines  of the Colorado  AIR
                       Program.

                          SIGNATURE OF LICENSED EMISSION MECHANIC
                                                                                                   124693
 MOTE TO VEHICLE OWNER
 I  You may make an.1 ad
   lustmenls or (epairs your
   sell or have anyone else
   do Idem, bui your vehicle
   must meet the emissions
   standards or be adjusted
   by a licensed emissions
   mechanic before a Certi
   hcation of Emissions Con
   Irol can be issued
 2  II the exhaust integrity
   portion of the visual m
   speutiun (box 9) is check
   ed. the exhaust  system
   must be repaired before
   a valid emissions mea-
   surement can be obtained
EMISSIONS STANDARDS
VEHICLE
YEAR
19b» 71
1972 74
1975 76
1977 78
1979 b
LATER
CO
7 O1*,
6U%
b5%
35%
2u"X,
HC
UOOppm
UOOppm
eOQppm
500ppm
400ppm
© FIRST TEST
VISUAL INSPECTION
FAILED
CATALYTIC CONVERTER ©
FUEL RESTRICTOR O
AIR SYSTEM ©
EXHAUST
SYSTtM INTEGRITY ©
@ FIRST TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
••; CO
I
000000000©
©0
Compare
these
levels
to the
emissions
standards
tor moriel
year
being
tested
ppm HC

0000000000
0000000000



© VOLUNTARY
REPAIR
TUNEUP ©
CARBURETOR ©
AIR CLEANER O
CHOKE ©
OTHER ©
(specify)


Q, HOME ADJUST
(see Note to
Vehicle Owner)
% CO
"T
PASS
FAIL
ppmHC

O
O
                                     ©
                                     ©
© ADJUSTMENT ONLY
STATION
NUMBER





MECHANIC
NUMBER




                                  PASS
                                  FAIL
©
©
                                                                                            IMPORTANT - KEEP THIS FORM
                                                                                           It will allow you to have one Iree re
                                                                                           inspection at the  original inspection
                                                                                           station within ten days if your vehicle
                                                                                           fails its first inspection.
                                                                                           FOR ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
                                                                                           CONTACT
                                                                                           COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
                                                                                           Denver:      3204180
                                                                                           Aurora;      364-4135
                                                                                           Fl Collins    221-5324
                                                                                           Colo. Springs.
                                                     146
                                          THIS COPY RETAINED BY VEHICLE OWNER
                                                                                                  PAGE 3

-------
                INSTRUCTIONS TO LICENSED  EMISSIONS MECHANICS
             (ONLY a Licensed Emissions  Mechanic may perform this inspection.)

                                                NOTICE
The first copy  (top) of this form will be scanned electronically.
Please keep the top copy free of dirt or grease.
Oo NOT fold, staple, spindle, or mutilate top copy.
Do NOT make  ANY marks on the top copy  other than specified in  directions.
You may make notes on the second or third copies ONLY.
Use ONLY  a NUMBER  TWO pencil  on  this form.
Where  boxes are  provided  put  one  and only one  number or letter in each box,  if there are  more boxes
than  numbers  or  letters put enough zeroes  in front (to  the  left) to fill  up the extra boxes.  For example,
if the emission levels are 4.8% CO  and 750 ppm HC:
      ENTER:
00 NOT ENTER:
Except for Item  O  (Vehicle  Identification Number), after the boxes are marked, fill  in  the  circle under
each  box which  has a  letter or number that  matches the  letter  or number  in  the  box  above.   There
should be just one circle filled in under each  box.

                                           FIRST INSPECTION
A. Complete items  O through ©
6. Oo the first test visual and emissions inspection © and ©. (mark PASS or FAIL for CO and HC).
C. If the  vehicle passes both the visual and emissions inspection, mark "Compliance" ©. sign the form ©, punch   | COC |
   ®. and "Date of Test" on pages 2 and 3. and give both halves of page 3 to  the vehicle owner.
D; If the vehicle fails the visual or emissions  inspection and the adjustments  or repairs are done at your station,  complete
   item © and go on to Step G.
   If the  vehicle owner wants the work done elsewhere, give him/her the bottom part of page 3 to be filled in by the person
   who does the work and returned within 10 days for a free reinspection.

                                             REINSPECTION
E. If the  vehicle was  adjusted or repaired by a Licensed Emissions Mechanic,  copy the station  and mechanic's license  num-
   bers from the "Adjustment Verification" form  under item ©.  attach one copy of the "Adjustment Verification" form to page
   2. and go on to Step G.
F. If the  vehicle was adjusted or repaired by a  non-licensed person, complete item ©.  If the vehicle passes, go on to Step
   G.  If it fails, make the  adjustments  or repairs required and go on to Step G or  mark "Denied"  ©. sign the form ®.
   punch    CD    @. and "Date of Test" on pages 2  and 3. and give both halves of page 3 to the vehicle owner.
G. If the  vehicle failed the first test visual, do the retest visual inspection 0. if  it passed  the first test  visual, go on to step H.
H. Do the retest emissions inspection ©. (mark  PASS or FAIL for CO and HC).
I.  Record the  amount charged for  the inspection, the adjustments  (if performed), and the  labor  and parts costs for required
   repairs ©
J. Record any  voluntary repairs ©.
K. If the  vehicle passes both the visual and the emissions retests. mark "Compliance" ©. sign the form ©, punch   [COC|
   @. and "Date of Test" on pages 2 and 3, and give both halves of page 3 to  the vehicle owner.
L. If the  vehicle passes the visual  retest but fails the emissions retest  (and, for  1981's and newer, $100.00 was  spent on
   emissions repairs) mark "Adjustment"  ©, sign the form ®.  punch   | COA |   ©.  and  "Date of Test" on pages 2 and
   3, and give  both halves of page 3 to the vehicle owner.
M. If the  vehicle fails  the visual  retest (or. for  1981's and newer,  fails the emissions retest  and less than $100 was  spent
   on emissions repairs) mark "Denied"  ©. sign the form ®,  punch   |  CO |  ®. and "Date of Test" on pages  2 and
   3. and give  both halves of page 3 to the vehicle owner.
                                            147

-------
      GREEN FORM



January, 1982 - Current
          149

-------
                                 COLORADO "AIR" PROGRAM REPORT
                                                                                           NCS Trans-Optic B10-32041-321
                                                                                            FINAL TEST VISUAL
                                                                                              82 OR NEWER Q
                                                                                                        FAILED
                                                                                      © CATALYTIC CONVERTER
                                                                                      © FUEL RESTRICTOR     ©
                                                                                      F> AIR SYSTEM
CHSV O
    0
SATS
                                                                                      ©FINAL TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
am O
    O
    O
IAMC O
im O
                                                                                                          0)(0
                                                                                                    ©00©
                      Compare
                      these
                      levels
                      to the
                      emissions
                      standards
                      for model
                      year
                      being
                      tested.
LEAKS EJKRWH TO
                                                                                                 564450
                                                                      PROGRAM ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                                                     EMISSIONS
                                                                                                   REPAIR COST
                                                                                                  (81 OR NEWER)
TOY  O
TRIP  O
VftLK  O
     O
                                 CATAIYW fiO«¥E8T«ft *
                                FIRST TEST EWISSKBtS LEVELS
                              V, CO
                                     I»**U
                                     to the
                                     «t»i«Urd<


                                     b*in»
                                              ' W>««e
                               CO,
                                      PASS
                                   i   FAI1
                                                           ©©©©
                                                           ©@©©
                                                           ©00©
                                                           ©00©
                                                           ©©©©
                                                           ©©©©
                                                           ©0® ©
                                                           ©0®®
0©Q©
©00©
©00©

0©®®
                                                         ©©©I
                                                         ©0©l
                                                         ©0©l
                                                         ©001
                                                         ©©©I
                                                         ©001
                                                         ©©
                                                         ©©©I
                          ©0®l
       USE
           ONLY A NUMBER TWO (2) PENCIL ON THIS FORM
            FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS ON REVERSE SIDE
                                               150
                                                                           EMISSIONS STANDARDS
                                                           MODEL   1968-
                                                           YEAR     1971

                                                           C0(%)    7.0


                                                           HC(ppm)  1200
   1972-
   1974
                                                                            6.0
                                                                           1200
                                           1975-
                                           1976
                                                                                    5.5
                                                                                    800
1977-
1978
                                                                                            3.5
                                                                                            500
1979&
NEWER

 2.0
                                                                                                    400
                                                            with the rate* «nd »ultfelme* ol tts Ctttrtato A(fl fngtam.
                                   THIS COPY TO BE PICKED UP BY DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE
                                                                                                          PAGE 1

-------
                             COLORADO "AIR" PROGRAM REPORT
                                                                       NCS Trans-Optic B10-32041-321
                     :j> •$%?$%& %$j$&£^%K%^^^i^fpl'4v^ v\ ;^v 'x '^v;
                           BJJPl^g^                                    -  ^
                                                             •j--; '•
CAtH
AMlfd
ft«ot O
MM®
AW®
    O
    Q
mr O
rasa O
HWfflQ
WTI O
JA6UO
46EP O
LANC O
    O
PLYM
$AABO
SU8A0
IftY  Q
WW O
m
                            SATtOfTBT
                              MZ
              S>      ]  REMARKS:
               rtWKTUW
                 «CATAtYT?ECO«tfEftTe g
                           Qli m ataiB
                          %co
                            T
                         ®^@
                                 hoit*
                                 tetW
                                 ttrtt*.
                                 .>>*>«,
                                         151
                                                      ••»•««:
^vT^  f
,:'Kl-l
.^
                                                                      ..,m.
Z
                                                                           0_
                                                                                 FINAL TEST VISUAL
                                                                          82 OR NEWER ©
                                                                   PASSED           FAILED
                                                                   © CATALYTIC CONVERTER ©
                                                                   © FUEL RESTRICTOR    ©
                                                                   © AIR SYSTEM       ©


                                                                   © 81 OR OLDER
                                                                   ©FINAL TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
                         % CO
                                                                         Compare
                                                                         these
                                                                         level*
                                                                         to the
                                                                         emissions
                                                                         standards
                                                                         lor model
                                                                         year
                                                                         being
                                                                         tested.
                                      ppm HC
                                    ©©©©
                                    ©@©0
                                      ©0©
                                      ©©©
                                                                                 ©0©
                                                                              CO,
                                                                          PASS
                                                                          FAIL
                                     , HC
                                                                                     564450
                                                 "AIR" PROGRAM ADJUSTMENTS
  STATION
  NUMBER
                                           ©©©©


                                           ®®@®
                                           ®@®®
                                           ©©©©
                                           ©©©©


                                           ®®0©
                                           ®0®0
MECHANIC'S
  NUMBER
           ®@®@
           ©©©©


           ©0©©
           ®®®@

           000©
                 <2 EMISSIONS
                  REPAIR COST
                 (81 OR NEWER)
                       s  s  s |* |*
                       ©0©l
                       ©©©I
                       ®©®l
                       ®®®l
                       ©0®l
                       ®®®l
                       ®©©l
                       ®®®l
                       0001
                                                                  EMISSIONS STANDARDS
                                           MODEL   1968-
                                           YEAR    1971

                                           CO(Vi)   7.0


                                           HC(ppm)  1200
              1972-
              1974

              6.0
                                                                  1200
                                                                         1975-
                                                                         1976
                                                                          S.S
                                                                          BOO
                  1977-
                  1978
                                                                                 3.5
                                                                                 500
                  1979&
                  NEWER
                                                                                         2.0
                                                                                        400
                       THIS COPY TO BE FILED AT "AIR" PROGRAM STATION
                                                                                             PAGE 2

-------
I  I


IM
                                           COLORADO  "AIR"  PROGRAM  REPORT
                                                                                                                    NCS Trans-Optic B10-32041-321
BMWO
TORS O
RJ8TO
Rlf&Q
SAAB0
StfBAQ
TOY
TRIP
VtJUf Q
V01V O
                                                                                                                         82 OR NEWER  Q

                                                                                                              PASSED                 FAILED
                                                                                                              © CATALYTIC CONVERTER  ©
                                                                                                                      RESTRICTOR      ©
                                                                                                                     SYSTEM           ©


                                                                                                              O 81 OR OLDER
                                                                                                              ©FINAL TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
                                                                                                                v. co
                                                                                                                        Compare
                                                                                                                        thgu
                                                                                                                        to the
                                                                                                                        (missions
                                                                                                                        standards
                                                                                                                        for model
                                                                                                                        yeer
                                                                                                                        being
                                                                                                                        tested.
                                                                                                                                   ppmHC
                                                                                                                                       (£)(i
                                                                                                                                       ©0©
                                                                                                                                       ©0©
                                                                                                                 co,
                                                                                                                             PASS
                                                                                                                             FAIL
                                                                                         . HC
                                                 FIRST TKT VISUAL
         82 m tmm o
                     I
JCATAlYTlCCftNVarFEft
                                                                                                                                564450
© "AIR" PROGRAM ADJUSTMENTS
STATION
NOMBER





MECHANIC'S
NUMBER





ADJUSTMENT
COST
$
s
*
t
                                                                                                                                 <3> EMISSIONS
                                                                                                                                  REPAIR COST
                                                                                                                                 (81 OR NEWER)
                                               «*!»
                                               t««l$
                                               twmwltt
                                               »«*•
                                                 PASS
                                                                                                     NOTE TO VEHICLE OWNER
                                                                              If your vehicle did not pass the first lest, you may make any adjustments or repairs yourself
                                                                              or have anyone else do them but. in order to receive a Certification of Emissions Control.
                                                                              ynur vehicle must meet at least ene of the following conditions:
                                                                                    1) Pass both the visual and the emissions final tests, or
                                                                                    2) Pass the visual final test and be adjusted by a licensed emissions mechanic
                                                                                       and. for 1981 and newer vehicles, have at least one hundred dollars ($100)
                                                                                       in emissions-related repairs done.

                                                                              fOR ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONTACT ONE OF THE FOLLOWING EMISSION
                                                                              TECHNICAL CENTERS:

                                                                                    Denver Metro Area - 9640 E. Colin Ave.. Aurora 364-4135
                                                                                    Fort Collins Area - 429 N. College Ave.. Ft. Collins 221-S324
                                                                                    Colo. Springs Arei - 1403 S. Tejon St.. Colo. Springs  633-2333

                                                                                    OR THE COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE  866-5518
                                        IMPORTANT - KEEP THIS FORM

                                       It will allow you to have one free re-
                                       inspection at the original inspection
                                       station within ten days if your vehicle
                                       fails its first inspection.
                                                                                                EMISSIONS STANDARDS
                                                                            MODEL
                                                                            YEAR

                                                                            C0(%)
                                                                                         1968-
                                                                                         1971
                                                                                          7.0
                                                      1972-
                                                      1974
                                                                                                    6.0
                                                                               HC(ppm)   1200       1200
1975-
1976
                                                                                                               5.5
                                                                                                           BOO
1977-
1978
                                                                                                                          3.5
                                                                                                                      500
19794
NEWER

  2.0
                                                                                                                                 400
                                                                             arrtt «t» wtes «n4 pitWiw* 
-------
                                    INSTRUCTIONS TO LICENSED EMISSIONS MECHANICS
                                  (ONLY a Licensed Emissions Mechanic may perform this inspection.)
                                                                  NOTICE
 • The first copy (top) of this form will be scanned electronically.
 • Please keep the top copy free of din or grease.
 • Do NOT fold, staple, spindle, or mutilate top copy.
 • Do NOT make ANY marks on the top copy other than specified in directions.
 • You may make notes on the second or third copies ONLY.
 • Use ONLY  a NUMBER TWO pencil on this form.
 • Where boxes are provided put one and only one number or letter in each
   box. if there are more boxes than numbers or letters put enough zeroes in
   front (to the left) to fill up the extra boxes. For example, if the emission
   levels are 4.8% CO and 750 ppm HC:
• Except for Item 0 (Vehicle Identification Number), after the boxes are
  marked, fill in the circle under each box which has a letter or number that
  matches the letter or number in the box above. There should be just one circle
  filled in under each  box.
ENTER
% CO
c
4[ 8

ppm HC
0
7
5
0
                                    DO
                                    NOT
                                    ENTER
                         FIRST INSPECTION

   PRINT - Name and address of vehicle owner  at top of this form

   ITEM

   O Vehicle Identification Number - Write in VIN number.

   © Auto Make - Fill in  circle for auto make.

   © License Plate - Enter license plate number and fill in circles (if
      temporary tag leave blank, if more than six characters use first six).

   © Date of Test - Enter month, day and year and fill in circles.

   © Station Number •  Enter your station's license number and fill in
      circles.

   © Mechanic's Number - Enter your emissions mechanic's  license
    •  number and fill  in circles.

   © Model Year - Enter  last two digits of vehicle's model year and fill in
      circles (example:   1972 enter  72).

   © No. of Cyl. - Enter number of cylinders in  engine and fill in circles
      (if rotary engine enter number of rotors).

   © Inspection Cost  - Enter cost of inspection in dollars and cents
      (maximum $10.00)  and fill  in circles under dollar portion only.

   © First Test Visual - For 1981 and older vehicles, fill in "81 OR
                       OLDER" circle (no visual inspection needed).

                       For 1982 and newer vehicles, fill  in "82 OR
                       NEWER"  circle, complete first visual  inspection
                       and fill in a  pass or fail circle for each emissions
                       control system.

   © First Test Emissions Levels - Complete first emissions inspection,
      enter readings and fill in circles. Compare  readings to State standards
      and fill in pass or fail circles for CO  and for HC.
      NOTE:  THIS COMPLETES FIRST INSPECTION. IF VEHICLE HAS
      PASSED ALL REQUIREMENTS. FILL IN "COMPLIANCE" CIRCLE IN
      ITEM  © AND SIGN ITEM © . ENTER CERTIFICATE OF EMISSIONS
      CONTROL NUMBER AT TOP OF FORM, GIVE THIRD COPY TO
      VEHICLE OWNER AND AFFIX CERTIFICATE OF EMISSIONS
      CONTROL STICKER TO THE WINDSHIELD AS SPECIFIED.   153
             VEHICLES FAILING  FIRST INSPECTION
  ITEM
     "AIR" Proaram Adjustments - If adjustments were made by a
     licensed emissions mechanic, enter license numbers of station and
     mechanic where adjustments were made and cost of adjustments in
     dollars and cents (maximum $15.00). Fill in circles under station
     number, mechanic's  number and dollar portion of adjustment cost.
     NOTE:  If adjustments were made by another licensed emissions
     mechanic,  copy this information from  "Adjustment Verification Form".

    ' Emissions  Repair Cost - For 1981 and newer vehicles, enter cost of
     emissions  related repairs in dollars and cents and fill in circles
     under dollar portion  only.

     Final Test  Visual - For 1981 and older vehicles, fill in "81 OR
                      OLDER" circle (no visual  inspection needed).

                      For 1982 and newer vehicles,  fill in "82  OR
                      NEWER" circle, complete final visual inspection
                      and fill  in a pass  or fail circle for each emissons
                      control system.

     Final Test  Emissions Levels - Complete final emissions inspection,
     enter  readings and fill in circles. NOTE:  If  adjustments were made
     by another licensed emissions mechanic, copy readings from
     "Adjustment Verification Form". Compare readings to State standards
     and fill in  pass  or fail circles for CO  and for HC.

     Certification  Issued - Fill in  circle next to.-
      COMPLIANCE       if item © passed and item © is within State
                         standards.

      ADJUSTMENT      if item © passed, item © failed, adjustments
                         done by licensed mechanic and, for  1981 and
                         newer vehicles, at least $100 spent on
                         emissions related repairs.

      DENIED            if item © failed or item © failed and 1)
                         adjustments not done by licensed mechanic or
                         2) for 1981 and newer vehicles, less than
                         $100 spent on emissions  repairs.

  © Signature of Licensed Emissions Mechanic • After completing this
     form, sign it, enter number of the certificate issued (or "none" if
     certification denied) at top of form and give third copy to vehicle
     owner. If a certification is issued, affix certificate  of emissions
     control sticker  to the  windshield as  specifier).

-------
    NEWEST INSPECTION FORM
For use beginning July 1,  1982
              155

-------
                                 COLORADO "AIR" PROGRAM  REPORT
                                                                         NCS Tram-Optic BIO 32551 321
— 0       vaoeu iOEsmtewtoH mm*
            so.
      Q
      O
       Q
      .O
       G
       Q
   FIAf  Q
       O
       O
   4SEP O
   um  O
   MERCQ
   MS  O
   H.VMO
   SUBA O
   jot  O
       O
   am O
n
€>€>©©®©
®{2>
©0®®®®
                                 JffiL
                                         ©
                                                           MBMtt
                                    HL
                             HBPORTAKTt

                           IF EXHAUST SW«M
                           THIS CIRCLE.
                                                                                      FINAL TEST VISUAL
                                                                            82 OR NEWER Q
                                                                     PASSED            FAILED
                                                                     © CATALYTIC CONVERTER ©
                                                                     © FUEL RESTRICTOR     ©
                                                                     © AIR SYSTEM        ©
                                                                                     OR OLDER
                                             ©
                                                                     FINAL TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
                                                                2500 RPM-
                                                          % CO
                                             ©©•©
                                             ©©•©
                                               ©•©
                                               ©•©
                                               ©•©
                                               ©•©
                                                           ©•©
                                                                •81 OR
                                                                NEWER
                                                     Compiri
                                                     these
                                                     Isvili
                                                     to the
                                                     emissions
                                                     stendards
                                                     lot model
                                                     year
                                                     being
                                                     tested.
                                                                       ppmHC
                                                          ©oo©
                                                          ©©©©
                                                             @®©
                                                 ©  PASS ©
                                               C°©  FAIL ©HC
                                                                                  SCO
©©•©
©©•©
                                                                                  ©«»*
            PASS
            FAIL
                            ©0-®
                              (Ml
                                    tlws»

                                    «»«*#*
                                    »•**•
                    •s
                          PASS
                          FAIL
                                  . HC
                                             ©
                                                   "AIR" PROGRAM ADJUSTMENTS
                                              STATION
                                              NUMBER
                                            ©©©©

                                            ©OQQ
                                            ©©©©
                                            ©©©©
                                            ©00©
                                            ©©©©
                                                        ©©©©
                                                         MECHANIC'S
                                                          NUMBER
                                                                   ©©©©
                                                                   O0O©
                                                                   ©©©©
                                                                   ADJUSTMENT
                                                                      COST
           © EMISSIONS
            REPAIR COST
           (81 OR NEWER)
                                                                                ©©©I
                                                                                ©©©I
                                                                                ©©©I
                                                                                ©©©I
                                                                                ©©©I
                                                                                ®®®|
                                                                                ©©©I
                                                                                ®®®|
         USE ONLY A NUMBER TWO (2) PENCIL ON THIS FORM
             FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS ON REVERSE SIDE
                                                                EMISSIONS STANDARDS FOR THIS VEHICLE
                                            HC
                                                                     CO
                                              I ctn*t that! tun* fvtttmtt tfci» imtntiw a *ww4»nt»
                                              wirt tte futu Ml gai4*!imi ef tt* Celsufc Alft f>«gr«m.
                                                                SI6NATItB< Of LIEtSSEO tSIISSIOSS BECHA»IC
                                  THIS COPY TO BE PICKED UP BY DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE
                                                     156
                                                                                                  PAGE1

-------
                               COLORADO "AIR" PROGRAM REPORT
                                                           NCS Trans-Optic B10-32661-321
                                     .mftMMfftttftli;
    O
    Q
wtsrO
BAM Q
GHiK O
CHEV Q
    O
    O
«AT
fOBB O
HOffflO
am O
   > 0
uwe O
WK'Q
we  -0
Oi»$ O
LfL
  SCO
X£>0
         &@<£)®
JD
        ©
                                              ttttMACtt
          REMARKS:
                                 fjRSTTiSt WSOAL
                            Q»t JOB OLDjtl
        Mfk*
                   IX
                                   **«»..
                                                                               ®_
                                                                                     FINAL TEST VISUAL
                                                      PASSED
                         82 OR NEWER O
                 	             FAIIED
                 © CATALYTIC CONVERTER ©
                 © FUEL RESTRICTOR     ©
                 © AIR SYSTEM        ©


                 O 81 OR OLDER	
                              ©
                                                                    FINAL TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
                                      2500 RPM*
                                SCO
                              ©©•©
                              ©©•©
                                ©O
                                ©•©
                                ©•©
                                ©•©
                                ©•©
                                      •81 OR
                                      NEWER
Conpir*
tbtst
Imli
to lli>
enitsions
HindiTdi
lor modil
rait
b.ing
lutid.
                                             ppmHC
©@®®
©©©©
©©©©
  ©®®
  ®®©
  ©©©
©©©
                                                           ©  PASS  ©
                                                          "©  FAIL  ©HC
                                                        SCO
                                                                     @©
-------
                                          COLORADO "AIR" PROGRAM  REPORT
                                                                                                                  NCS Trans-Optic B10-32551-321
                                                              , WTATWi
                                                                               •*«**«
                                                                            rr
WAT  O
fOBD  O
HONO 0
I»T£  O
JAGU  O
jta>  O
LAW  O
UN*  O
MAZ»Q
      O
      O
      O
m«O
P58S O
PUGT
SUBAO
W   O
TOP  O
VDtK  O
voiv  O
mm Q
I  1  111
                                                 52 Wt *l8**ft 0
                         ©« SYSTIM
                               oa mm
                     fJBST TtST t»ISSWNS IfVttS
           llxie
          -• nun,
                       LU
          »*
                                                 Ul
                                               *•*»
                                               httli
                                               urn
                                               wiswwts
                                           <$®
                                                PASS
                                                 rail
                                       IMPORTANT - KEEP THIS FORM

                                      It will allow you to have ona free re-
                                      inspection at the original inspection
                                      station within ten days if your vehicle
                                      fails its first inspection.
                                                                                                            ©_
                                                                                                                    FINAL TEST VISUAL
                                                                                                                       82 OR NEWER O
                                                                                                            PASSED                 FAILED
                                                                                                            © CATALYTIC CONVERTER ©
                                                                                                            © FUEL RESTRICTOR      ©
                                                                                                            © AIR SYSTEM           ©


                                                                                                            OBI OR OLDER	
                                                                               FINAL TEST EMISSIONS LEVELS
                                                                       2500 RPM-
                                                               •/• CO
                                                             ©©•©
                                                             ®Q0>

                                                                @©
                                                                ©•©

                                                                0®
                                                                ©•©

                                                                ©•©

                                                                ©•©
                                                                       •81 OR
                                                                       NEWER
            Compart
            thin
            iBVtlS
            loth.
            emission!
            slindiids
            lor model
            re«r
            being
            tested.
                                                                                    iHC
©©©©

00O©
©@©©

   ©@©

   ©0®

   ©@©
                       0©0
                       ®@©

                       ©@©
                                                                              CO
                                                                   ©   PASS   ©
                                                                   ©   FAIL   ©
                                                                                                HC
                                                                                                V, CO
©©•©
oo-o
   ©•©
   ©•©
   ©•©
   ©.©
                  ©•©
                  ©•©
                                                                                                         IDLE
                                                                                                          2nd'
Compare
 hese
  rts
 othi
 missions
 tanderds
   rodel

being
tested.
                                                                                                                   ppm HC
©©©©

©O©Q
©©©©
   ©@©
   ©©©

   ©@©
                     0©0
                                                                                                               CO
                                         ©   PASS   ©
                                         ©   FAIL   ©
                                                                                                                                 HC
© "AIR" PROGRAM ADJUSTMENTS
STATION
NUMBER






MECHANIC'S
NUMBER






ADJUSTMENT
COST
s .
s |*
«
                                                                                                             © EMISSIONS
                                                                                                              REPAIR COST
                                                                                                             (81 OR NEWER)
                       NOTt TO VEHICLE OWNER

II your vehicle did not peas the lirst test, you may make eny adjustments or repairs yourself
or have anyone else do them but. in order to receive a Certification ol Emissions Control.
your vehicle must meet at least one ot the following conditions:

      2) Pass the visual final test and be adjusted by a licensed emissions mechanic
         and. lor 19B1 and newer vehicles, have at least one hundred dollers {S100I
         in emissions-related repairs done.

fOR ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONTACT DUE OF THE FOLLOWING EMISSION
TECHNICAL CENTERS:

      Denver Metro Area - 9640 C. Collax Ave.. Aurora 364-4135
      Fort Collins Area • 429 N  College Ave.. Ft. Collins 221-5324
      Colo Springs Aria • 1403 S. Tejon St.. Colo. Springs 631-2333

      DR THE COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE 866 551B
                                                                                     EMISSIONS STANDARDS FOR THIS VEHICLE
                                                                          HC .
                                                                                                             CO
                                                                            with ftf ralii **4 gtilfoltMi of tin CeJonrf* *18 tt«f>*«>-
                                                                        SrSJWTUR! « WCUtSEft ifWttSM* ««tlAHlC
                                                 THIS COPY TO BE RETAINED BY VEHICLE OWNER

                                                               158
                                                                                                                                     PAGE 3

-------
                                     INSTRUCTIONS TO LICENSED  EMISSIONS  MECHANICS

                               NOTICE:  Only a Licensed Emissions Mechanic may perform this inspection.
 • Page 1 (top copy) of this form will be scanned electronically.
 • Please keep page 1 free of dirt or grease.
 • Do NOT fold, staple, spindle, or mutilate page 1.
 • Do NOT make ANY marks on page 1 other than specified in
   directions.

 • You may make notes on pages 2  and 3 ONLY.
 • Use ONLY a NUMBER TWO pencil on this form.
   Where boxes are provided put one and only one number or letter
   in each box, if there are more boxes than numbers or letters put
   enough zeroes in front (to the left) to fill up the extra boxes. For
   example,  if  the emission levels are 4.8% CO and 750 ppm HC.
              ENTER
                                                  DO NOT ENTER
       SCO
                     ppm HC
                                                                                                 07
                                              % CO
                                                                                                                            4  8:  o
                                                            ppmHC
   After the boxes are marked, fill in the circle under each box which has a letter or number that matches the letter or number in the box above. There
   should be one and only one circle filled in under each box.
                         FIRST INSPECTION

 PRINT  - Name and address of vehicle owner at top of this form.

 ITEM

Q Vehicle Identification Number • Write in VIN number.

© Auto Make •  Fill in circle for auto make.

0 License Plate    Enter license plate number and fill in circles (if
    temporary tag leave blank, if more than six characters use first six).

0 Dale of Test - Enter month, day and year and fill in circles.

© Station Number •  Enter your station's license number and fill in circles.

© Mechanic's Number •  Enter your emissions mechanic's license number
    and fill in circles.

0 Model Year • Enter last two digits of vehicle's model year and fill in
    circles (example:    1972  enter 72).

0 No. of Cyl.  • Enter  number of cylinders in engine  and fill in circles (if
    rotary engine enter  number of rotors).

0 Inspection Cost  • Enter cost of inspection in dollars and cents
    (maximum $10.00)  and fill in circles under dollar  portion only.

© First Test Visual  •
    1981 AND OLDER  VEHICLES: Fill in "81  OR OLDER" circle. (No visual
          inspection needed.)

    1982 AND NEWER VEHICLES: Fill in "82 OR NEWER" circle, complete
          first visual inspection and  fill  in a pass or fail circle for each
          emissions control system.

© First Test Emissions Levels -
    1968-1980 VEHICLES: Complete first test emissions inspection, enter
          readings in 1st IDLE boxes and fill in  proper circles below.
          Compare readings with State emissions standards and fill  in pass
          or fail circles for CO and for HC.

    1981 AND NEWER VEHICLES: Complete first test two speed emissions
          inspection, enter readings in 1st IDLE. 2500 RPM and 2nd IDLE
          boxes. Fill in the proper circles under  2500 RPM • %CO and ppm
          HC (left half  of block ©). From the right half of block (n)
          select the lowest IDLE CO  reading of the two idle tests and fill in
          the proper circles under IDLE  %CO. Then select the lowest IDLE
          HC reading (from either idle test) and  fill in the  proper circles
          under IDLE ppm HC. Compare  2500 RPM and IDLE readings
          marked in the circles with State emissions standards and fill in
          CO and HC pass or fail circles for each speed. (Vehicles must
          pass at both  2500 RPM and idle to pass the first test.)

    NOTE:  THIS COMPLETES FIRST  INSPECTION. IF VEHICLE HAS PASSED
    ALL REQUIREMENTS. FILL IN "COMPLIANCE" CIRCLE  IN  ITEM ® AND
    SIGN ITEM ©  ENTER CERTIFICATE OF EMISSIONS CONTROL STICKER
    NUMBER AT TOP OF  FORM AND AFFIX STICKER TO THE WINDSHIELD
    AS SPECIFIED. GIVE PAGE 3 OF  REPORT FORM TO VEHICLE OWNER.
                                                                                              VEHICLES FAILING FIRST INSPECTION
 ITEM
© "AIR" Program Adjustments • If adjustments were made by a licensed
    emissions mechanic, enter license numbers of station and mechanic
    where adjustments were made and cost of adjustments in dollars and
    cents (maximum $15.00). Fill in circles under station number, mechanic's
    number and dollar portion of adjustment cost.
    NOTE: If adjustments were  made by  another licensed  emissions
    mechanic, copy this information from  "Adjustment Verification Form".

© Emissions Repair Cost  •  For 1981 and newer vehicles only, enter cost
    of emissions related repairs  in dollars and cents and fill in circles under
    dollar portion only. Repair costs do not include  inspection or initial
    adjustment fees, or any costs required to pass the visual inspection.

© Final Test Visual •
    1981 AND OLDER  VEHICLES:  Fill in  "81 OR OLDER"  circle. (No visual
          inspection needed.)
    1982 AND NEWER VEHICLES: Fill in "82 OR NEWER" circle, complete
          final visual inspection and fill in a pass or fail circle  for each
          emissions control system. (All three systems must be marked
          "PASSED" in order for a certificate of emissions control to be
          issued.)

© Final Test Emissions Levels  - If adjustments were made by another
    licensed emissions  mechanic, copy data for blocks © and © from
    "Adjustment Verification  Form."
    1968-1980 VEHICLES:  Complete final test emissions inspection, enter
          readings in  1st IDLE boxes and fill in proper circles below.
          Compare readings  with State emissions standards and fill in pass
          or fail circles for CO and  for HC.
    1981 AND NEWER VEHICLES: Complete final test two speed emissions
          inspection and enter readings and fill in circles as described in
          item © . Compare readings with State emissions standards and
          fill in CO and HC pass or fail circles for each speed.

© Certificate Issued  - Fill in circle next to:
    COMPLIANCE       Only if item © passed and item © is within
                        State  emissions standards.

    ADJUSTMENT      Only if item © passed, item © failed, adjust-
                        ments made by a licensed emissions mechanic  and,
                        for 1981  and newer vehicles, at least $100 was
                        spent  on emissions related repairs.

    DENIED            Only if item © failed or item © failed and 1)
                        adjustments not made by a licensed emissions
                        mechanic  or 2)  for 1981  and  newer vehicles, less
                        than $100 was spent on emissions repairs.

© Signature of Licensed Emissions Mechanic  •  After completing this form.
    sign it, enter number of the  sticker issued (or "none" if certification
    denied) at top of report form and give page 3 to vehicle  owner. If a
    certificate is issued, affix certificate of emissions control sticker  to the
    windshield  as specified.
                                                                          159

-------
APPENDIX E
    161

-------
    The following excerpts are from Forms Design  Guide:   Reference
Manual, Sentry Optical  Mark Reading Systems,  a  traininq  booklet deve-
loped by National Computer Systems, Inc.  (NCS)  for its customers.   It
provides guidelines for designing forms for the NCS optical  mark
reading system and in doing so,  provides information about optical
mark systems in general.
    Reproduced with the permission of National  Computer  Systems, Inc.
The interested reader is advised to obtain the  entire document from NCS.
                                163

-------

-------
                             OVERVIEW OF SCANNING
WHAT IS SCANNING?
Scanning is the process of reading information from a document using either an optical mark
reader or an optical character reader. This process involves changing the information on the
document into a set of electronic signals which can then be stored in the computer's memory.
Simply stated then, scanning is another word for  inputting data into a computer.
Scanning however, has  a number of advantages over other standard means  of input, such as
keypunching.  Because the answers marked by the respondent are read directly by the scanner,
the need to transcribe data is eliminated.  Obviously the data will get into the  system faster and
with fewer errors.  The  net result is faster turn-around time and more accurate data.  Because
scanning requires only a paper and pencil for input, the costs of data collection are reduced.
The primary purpose  or the objective of scanning is to translate data on a sheet of paper into
information a computer can understand.  In order to accomplish this,  a certain sequence of
events must take place.
The first step in the scanning process is to design a form that will collect the desired information.
These documents may be such forms as test answer sheets, order entry forms, or staff surveys.
Secondly, once the form is completed, the programmer writes and tests a  program to read these
documents.  After this stage, the documents themselves are filled out.
The fourth step is the actual scanning itself. During this step the documents are processed and
an output record is obtained.  This record consists of all the information you desired from the
forms.
The final step is the processing of the information by your main computer. This processing will
format the information into usable data. It is at  this stage that your complete written report of
results will be produced.

WHAT IS A SCANNER?
A scanner is a system designed to read marks  on  a sheet of paper.  This system usually consists
of several parts: A document feed mechanism (input hopper), document transport bed, scan-
ning station (read head), document output  trays (output hoppers), and some sort of controlling
logic. The document feed starts the forms  into the scanner, the transport bed carries the forms
through the scanner, and the output trays receive the scanned forms.
NCS scanners are called optical mark readers  (OMR). This is in contrast to alternative readers
known as optical character readers (OCR).  An  OMR is a device that detects the absence or
presence of a mark, but not the shape of the mark.  An OCR is a device that resolves the actual
character printed.

The scanning station or read  head consists of a collection of light  sources called light emitting
diodes (LEDs) and a collection of photo-sensitive  cells that convert the emitted light into electri-
cal signals. There are two basic types  of reading techniques: reflected light read and transmitted
light read.
                                         2-1
                                         167

-------
  PAPER
' (CROSS
• SECTION)
          UNIFORM LIGHT
          TRANSMISSION
UNIFORM LIGHT
 REFLECTANCE
                              Figure 2.2  Reading Techniques
 In the reflected light reading system, there are two lamps placed above and at 45° angles to the
document.  These lamps serve as the light source.  Between these lamps is a photocell which
serves as receiving station.  As the "white" part of a document passes under the photocell, a
certain amount of light is reflected  into the photocell from the lamps.  When a "mark" on the
document passes under the photocell, the amount of light reflected into the photocell is quite
a bit less than that reflected from the "white" paper.
The same basic equipment is used in the transmitted light read as in the reflected light read with
the difference being its placement.   In the transmitted light system, the lamps are above and
perpendicular to the document while the photocells are placed below the document.  All Sentry
systems are transmitted light or Trans-Optic® OMR systems.

 In the NCS system there are 48 lamps and 48 photocells. This means that there may be a maxi-
 mum of 48 positions that can be read across the width of the document. One of these positions
 is occupied with a timing mark that cues the scanner to read across the form.  Therefore, there
 are 47 possible positions for responses across the form.

 16 LEVEL READ
 As the document passes through the read  head, a certain amount of light is blocked by the docu-
 ment.  This is called the paper level.  As a "mark" passes through  the read head, more light is
 blocked. The amount of light blocked in each position is measured by one of sixteen values, 0,1,
 2, 3, 4,  5, 6, 7, 8, 9, A, B, C, D, E, F. The value 7 indicates a very light mark and F represents a
 very dark carbon mark. This is the NCS  sixteen level read which permits careful discrimination
 between marks.
           Noise (erasures, smudges, etc.)
                                                 Light Marks
                                                                        Dark Marks
                23456789ABCDEF

                         Figure 2.3  Mark Discrimination Levels
                                           2-2
                                            168

-------
                                   INTRODUCTION

This manual is intended to provide the necessary information and specifications for the design.
of forms for NCS  optical  mark reading systems.  It was designed to provide the information,
rules, recommendations, and mock-up techniques needed to design a form to meet the needs of
a given application.
The first three chapters of the manual introduce the user to the scanning process, an overview
of forms design, and the design process. These chapters are not intended to be a complete course
in the process of forms design.  For  instruction in techniques and demonstration of forms de-
sign, see the Forms Design Self Instruction Manual (202 147 906).
The remainder of the manual is organized  into a reference  manual format that will allow quick
location of specifications dealing with any given topic.  Once again, it is assumed that the user
has had experience or  instruction in  the basics of forms design and will  simply be referring to
specific  recommendations and regulations for a particular application. Use of the table of con-
tents and index will facilitate finding needed information.   With these guidelines, the designer
can then be free to allow ideas and needs of the application to structure the form.
                                          1-1

                                          169

-------
     INFORMATION FROM USER
         FORMS DESIGNER
         MAIN COMPUTER
              REPORT
Figure 2.1   Overview of the Scanning Process
                1-2
               170

-------
                                  LEADING EDGE
 SKUNK MARK
TIMING MARK
     BIAS BAR
              O
              w
              UJ
              Q
              D
              CD
                     ? • * ? I t i ? ? I ;
                     oooooooooooo
                           000©
                     ©®0©©©©©0@
                     ©0©©©©©©0©
                     ©©©©©©©©©©
  ©©©©©©©©©©
  ©©©©©©©©©©
  ©©©©©©©00®
  ©©©©©©©©©©
  ©©©©©©©©©©
  ©©0©©©©©0©
  ©©©©©©©©©©
  ©©0©©©0©0©
  ©©©©©©©©©©
  ©©©©©©©©©©
                     ©©©©©©©©©©
                     ©©©©©©©©0®
                     ©©©©©©©00©
                     ©©©©©©©©0©
                     0©©©©0©©©@
                     ©©©©©©©©0(3
                  ®©®®©©©®®®®©®®©®00®©®®©®®®O
®@®®©©©®®®®®®®©®©©©®®®®©®©o
®©®®©©@®®®®®®®©®©0®®®®®©®®O
®®®®©©©®®®®©®®©®©0®®©®®®®©O
®©®®®©©®®®®@®®(9®00®®®®©®®®O
®©®®©©©®®®©@®®©®©0®©®®®©®®O
                                     ®©®®©©©®®®©®®®©®©0®®®®®®®©O
                                     ®®®®©©©®®®®®®®©®©0®©©®®©®®O
®©®®©©©@®®®@®®©®Q0®®©®©©®®O
®©®®©©@@®®®©®®©®©©®©©®®©®®o
®©®®©©©®®®®@®®©®00®®®®©®®©O
                  ®©®®®©@©®®®@®®©®©0®®®®®®®©O
                  ®©®®©©0®®®®@®®©®©0®®®®©©®©O
       ffiU1mmmu1CJ1U1U'
       CO~JO>Cn&GJN>~*
  0> ©J> Q> ©>•©> ©> 0> ©> 0> ©»
  ©01 ©CD ©CD ©0) ©D ©D ©O ©0) ©0) ©OS
  ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©r> ©o ©o
  ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o
  ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m


  3SS3S3S3S2
  Q> ©> ©> 0* ©> 0> ©> 0> ©> ©>
  ©03 ©01 ©D ©CD ©01 ©03 ©01 ©OS ©OB ©00
  ©O ©O ©O ©0 ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O
  ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©D ©O ©O ©O
  ©m ©m ©m ®m 0m ©m 0m 0m ©m ©m
                     Q> 0» ©> Qj> ©» ©> ©> Q> 0> ©>
                     ©os ©o> ©os ©oo ©os ©oo ©os ©oo ©a ©o
                     ©o ©o ®o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ®o
                     ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o
                     ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m
  ©> 0> ©» 0> ©> Q> ©> ©> 0> 0>
  ©OS ©OS 003 ©OS ©OS ©D ©OS ©01 ©OS ©OS
  ©O 00 ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O 00 ©O ©O

  ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o
  0m 0m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m
- g
                      .
  0> ©> 0> ©»• Q> 0> 0> Q> ©> ©>
  ©OS ©OS ©OS ©03 ©01 ©OS ©OS ©OS ©o ©OS

  ©O ©O 00 ©O ©O 00 ©O ©O ©O ©0

  ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O
  ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m 0m ©m ©m ©m ©m
      0> ©> ©» 0> ©> ©J> 0> ©» ©> ©>
      ©D ©OS ©OS ©OS ©OS ©OS ©00 ©OS ©OB ©OB
      ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ®o ©o ©o ©o
      ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o
      ©m 0m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m
                                           ©> ©> 0> ©> ©> ©> ©> 0> ©> ©>
                                           ©OS ©OB ©00 ©03 ©00 ©OS ©00 ©OS ©03 ©OB
                                           ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o
                                           ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o
                                           ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m
                                     -
                         ©> ©> ©> ©> ©» Q» ©J> ©)> ©>> 0*
                         ©03 ©OS ©OS ©OS ©03 ©03 ©03 ©03 ©OB ©OS

                         ©O 00©0©0©0®0 ©O ©O ©O ©O

                         ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O
                         ©m ©m©m©m©m©m0m©m©m©m
      ©> ©» ©> ©> ©> ©> ©> 0> Qj> ©>
      ©OB ©CD ©00 ©OS ©00 ©03 ©OB ©CD ©OS ©OS
      00 ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O
      ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o ©o
      ©m ©m ©m ®m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m ©m
         coco>hja>cji^G>rsj-'

      0> ©> ©> ©> ©> 0> ©> 0> ©> ©>

      003 ©00 ©OB ©OB ©OB ©03 ©03 ©00 ©OB ©CD

      ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O

      ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O ©O

      ©m©m©m©m©m©m©m@m©m©m
                                 TRAILING EDGE
                           Figure 2.4 Parts of a Form
                                                                   m
                                                                   x
                                                                  » >
                             3 O
                             i m

                             I '

                             3 (A

                             I'
(A

m
m
                                    2-3

                                    171

-------
                            FORMS DESIGN OVERVIEW

Before we enter into a discussion of the forms design process, the quality of forms, and types of
forms, it will be helpful to define common terms relating to forms.

Parts of a Form
RESPONSE POSITION (also bubble or response circle)
      The circles on the forms that indicate the positions which are capable of being read by a
      single photocell in the scanner.

TIMING MARK
      One of the short black rectangles on the edge of the form.  They are printed in machine-
      readable ink on front and back of the form. The timing mark triggers the scanner to read
      the response position in that row.

TIMING TRACK
      The series of timing marks  running in a straight line along one of the long edges of the
      document. To be scanned, there must be a timing mark for each row of response positions
      on the page.

SKUNK MARKS
      Black marks which occupy  one  or more  response positions, they uniquely identify each
      form. They are printed in machine-readable ink on the front and back of the form.

BIAS BAR
      A bar of ink, the color in which the document was printed.  The bar has no other marks.
      It runs the width of the document perpendicular to the timing track and is printed on one
      side only, either front or back. The bias bar is used to ensure that each photocell is read-
      ing within specific tolerances.

LEADING EDGE
      The leading edge is the edge of the form which passes first  through the read head of the
      scanner.  The leading edge is parallel to the X-axis of the form.

GUIDE EDGE
      The guide edge  of the form  is  the edge with the timing track. This is the edge that slides
      along the edge of the document transport bed and is critical to correct alignment of the
      form in  the scanner.  The guide  edge is parallel to the Y-axis of the form.

TRAILING EDGE
      This is the edge that passes  last under the read head.
                                         2-4

                                        172

-------
RESPONSE MASTER (also called response matrix)
      All the possible response positions on a single page. Across the form, perpendicular to
      the timing track, the bubbles are spaced six per inch to exactly match the photocell spac-
      ing in the scanner read head. Down the length of the form, bubbles and timing marks are
      spaced at either six per inch to yield a uniform matrix or at five per inch so that this di-
      mension is line printer compatible.  For example, an 8 1/2" x 11" form is 47 positions
      wide by 63 positions long for a total of 2961  possible response positions when using the
      6x6 master.

      Therefore, there are two basic masters or matrixes:  6x6 and 6x5.  Only one split is al-
      lowed, but may be placed anywhere along the timing track.  The split master layout sheet
      can be made by splicing one of each kind together.  Spacing perpendicular to the timing
      track must always be six per inch to match the read head spacing.

LAYOUT SHEET
      A printed  copy of the NCS  response master.  It shows all possible response  positions and
      timing marks.  The  response master is printed on both sides of the layout sheet for ease
      of doing two-sided designs.

MOCK-UP
      A pencil drawing on an NCS layout sheet that shows exactly where copy, lines, responses,
      etc. are to be positioned.
                                         2-5
                                         173

-------
 =ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo
I =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
I =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
K =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
I =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
I =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
I =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
I =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
I =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 -=00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
 =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
   ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo
   ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo
   ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo
   ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo
   ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo
i; =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
K =OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
i: =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
II =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
K =OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
K =OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
i; =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
i: =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
K =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
K =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
K =OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
K =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
II =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
I! =OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
K =OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
I! =OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
i; =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
1C =OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
K. =OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
K =OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
i: =00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
IE =OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
   ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo
   ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo
   ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo


                 Figure 2.5 Response Master
                        2-6

                       174

-------
SUCCESSFUL FORMS DESIGN
NCS scanners represent a "systems" approach to optical mark reading. This means that each
component of the system — scanner, software, and forms — must be designed to function well
if the system is to be used to its full potential.

The forms component is important because the forms are the means by which data is entered
into the scanner.  The respondent, the person supplying the information, marks directly on the
form and the form is fed directly into the scanner. Because of this direct route of data, it is essen-
tial that the form be designed  so that  the respondent can understand the instructions, and can
mark the form quickly, completely, and accurately.  If the respondents are confused as to how
to mark their responses and where  to mark them, it is unlikely that accurate data collection will
be possible.  While the scanner and software are designed to catch problems and identify errors,
no amount of system sophistication can be built to correct the inaccuracies and missing data
that results from a confused respondent.
The first requirement of a forms design then, must be that it clearly identifies its own function
(has a title), tells the respondent what is wanted (has instructions),  and provides a place for a
response.  A good or successful forms design must do more than that, however.  It must also be:
        -.Compatible with the scanner model being used
        -Able to be programmed with efficiency
        -Adapted to the age and environment of the respondents
        -Adapted to special needs such as mailing or carbon copies
The above list is only a sample of the requirements that may be placed on a forms design. Further
discussion of this is found in the section on background information.
The NCS OMR System has been designed to give the forms designer as much flexibility as pos-
sible. While it is true that there are some basic rules that must be followed, the rules do not usu-
ally dictate design or how the form is used.  The forms design follows functional requirements
that are defined for the application. A good forms design is one that does the required job of
data collection.
Example:
       1.  If line printing is required on a form, that function requires the form to be continuous
         and  the design  to be compatible with line printer spacing.  Once this requirement has
         been met, the designer  has many options as to the layout of the form.
      2.  If a name and identification number are data that must be collected on the form, there
         are some  standard ways to capture alphabetic and  numeric data, but the  designer is
         free  to place or to orient  the data field in almost any way  desired.
 THE DESIGN PROCESS
 There are several important steps to be followed in the process of designing a successful form:
       I.  Find out  the background information. Who is the user? Who is the respondent?  What
          is the purpose of the form?   How will it be used?
       2.  Identify some of the general form requirements such as size, content, and type of form.
       3.  Identify specific details of the design. Who will sign off on the design?  What  forms
          handling  equipment will be  used?  What scanner model?  What scanner software?
       4.  Prepare a rough draft.
       5.  Prepare a second draft.
       6.  Prepare a final draft.

       7.  Review requirements against the final design.
       8.  Submit design to NCS for composition and printing.

-------
 NCS is interested in providing the best possible forms composition and printing. To that end
 we would like to ask you, the designer, to provide us with clearly drawn mock-ups and complete
 specifications.   When  your mock-up is received at NCS, it is examined by experienced NCS
 forms designers. If your mock-ups and specifications are clear and precise, they will go directly
 to our composition department.  If not, we will contact you with our questions.
 Before the actual printing of the form, NCS will send you a copy of the final composition of the
 form (called a proof) for your approval.  Actual printing will not begin until we receive your
 written approval on the proof.

 FORMS QUALITY
 There are NCS technicians at each stage of production to ensure that you achieve a high quality
 form.  In addition to helping you in the design  process, they monitor the quality of materials
 and printing.
 Sentry scannable documents are printed on Trans-Optic® bond paper which is manufactured
 exclusively for National Computer Systems. Since the  Sentry scanners read through the paper,
 it is important that translucency  of the paper, as well as all other facets  that affect the scanner
 both electronically and mechanically, be carefully monitored.
 the consistent quality of Trans-Optic® bond paper is ensured beginning at the paper mill  where
 the paper is produced.  NCS has placed a unique transmitted light scanning device there to
 monitor paper inconsistencies caused by inherent differences in the various pulps used and vari-
 ations created in the mixing process.  This checking ensures uniform readability of the paper on
 which your form is printed.
The ink is monitored in a similar program.  All ink is formulated for NCS by the ink manufac-
turer to meet scanner specifications. Since black ink must be read and-color ink must be virtual-
ly transparent to the scanner, each ink formula and batch is tested on Trans-Optic® bond and a
Sentry scanner to ensure that it conforms to specifications.
 Finally, the paper and the ink are tested together on the finished form product.  In conjunction
 with this procedure, forms are pulled at regular intervals  during printing and checked for ap-
 pearance, registration, and read-head alignment.
           NCS Scannable Documents Guarantee:
           All scannable documents produced by NCS are subject to the highest stan-
           dards of quality control. Every phase of production from the manufacture
           of paper to the method of packaging is checked to ensure that all specifi-
           cations are met. Check sheets from every printing are scanned prior to ship-
           ment as a final quality control  measure.
           National Computer Systems has an outstanding reputation for service and
           quality. In the unlikely event that a problem should occur, NCS will either
           replace any unacceptable or unscannable documents or assume the costs of
           alternative data capture up to a mutually agreed upon dollar amount.
                                          2-8
                                          176

-------
                              BASIC DESIGN PROCESS
The steps to be followed in the process  of designing a successful form are described below.
BACKGROUND INFORMATION
Before a pencil ever touches the layout sheet, the forms designer must learn as much as possible
about the form and how it will be used.  The more that is known about the requirements of the
application, the greater the chance that  the design  will be successful.  Below is a list of some of
the most common points to investigate. As you develop your own applications, you will surely
add to the list.
GENERAL BACKGROUND
       1. Identify purpose of form. What is the user trying to accomplish with the form? What
         information does the user need?
       2. Identify the user.  Who will be using the information collected on the OMR form?
       3. Identify the respondent.  Who will be marking the  form?  What characteristics, such
         as age and education, do the respondents have that  may affect forms design?
       4. Identify how  the form will be used.  What environment will it be marked  in (class-
         room, truck,  cab, office, etc.)?  How may the respondent be expected to handle it?
         Will it also be handled  by someone other than the respondent?  Will it be mailed?
         Does the respondent have previous experience with  OMR  forms?
       5. Identify other overall requirements.  Are there cost limitations?  When are finished
         forms needed?
SPECIFIC ELEMENTS TO BE INCLUDED:
       1.  What specific information is being requested on the  form?
       2. What format  is required for each piece of data?
       3. What instructions will the respondent need to complete the form correctly?
       4. What marking instructions and examples will be needed?
       5. What type of form is required?  Cut? Continuous?
       6. What size is required? Does size meet scanner and  printing specifications?
       7. Is there a desired sequence for data fields on the form?
       8. Will all text be included on the form or is this to be an answer sheet with text on a
         separate page?
       9. Are the specifications flexible? How much freedom does the designer have?
OTHER DETAILS
       1. The  forms designer will need to consult with other people involved with  the form,
         such as the Sentry Programmer.  Identify all such people and make sure they have ap-
         proval responsibility over the  final design.
       2. How will  the  form be handled?  Will it be mailed?  Folded? Line printed?
       3. What model scanner will be used? How will scanner specifications affect forms design?
       4. What scanner software  (programs) will be used?   How will  software specifications
         affect forms design?
                                          3-1
                                         177

-------
ROUGH DRAFT
The purpose of a rough draft is to determine approximately how much space the response areas
will require, how they will fit on the page in general, and what space will remain for other need-
ed information.  Each of the items on a form are sketched onto an NCS Layout Sheet.

Layout Sheet
To start a rough draft, begin with the NCS layout sheet. Your first question will be which master
to use, 6x6, 6x5, or split?  The choice of master depends almost entirely on the requirements of
your design.
         FORMS DESIGN HINT: Choice of layout masters
         A 6 x 6 master has the greatest response density. It is used on most cut
         sheets and allows the greatest amount of data to be on the sheet.
         A 6 x 5 master is designed for line printer compatibility when it is oriented
         horizontally.   It may also be  used for cut sheet forms where more space
         between columns of circles is desired.
         Split masters make the most of both formats:  A 6 x 6 section for best use
         of available space and a 6 x  5  section for line printer compatibility.
Fitting Form Parts

Since skunk marks and bias bar are critical parts of the design and suggested positions are shown
on the layout sheet, begin by marking them on the layout sheet.  Next you fit in the grids.  Fit-
ting the largest items first will enable you to see how much effect these areas have on the overall
design.  Then the smaller grids can be sketched into appropriate locations.

You will find that, as you fit grids onto the layout sheet, each grid could just as well have been
positioned in some other location on the form, since there is no inherent restriction in location
or orientation.  It is usually a good idea however, to have all areas of a form oriented in the same
direction so that the respondent does not have to turn the form from side to side.

Once  you have your grids sketched, you must fill in the title and  instructions. By rearranging
the grids for the best design, there should be adequate space for the title and instructions.

For your  first designs, you may want to try several rough drafts for each form.  Don't hesitate
to use as many layout sheets as necessary. They are provided by NCS at no  charge.
         FORMS DESIGN HINT:  Cut and Paste
         While  many find this Rough Draft approach is the easiest way to work up
         a design, others prefer the  Cut and Paste method.  With this method you
         cut out pieces from an existing form that meet your new form requirements.
         You then rearrange  the pieces until you arrive at a pleasing and efficient
         design. Finally, the pieces are pasted in place and your rough draft is almost
         finished.

         Even when the pieces are pasted to an NCS layout sheet, the pieces will not
         quite actually  fit the space.  It is therefore necessary to take a fresh layout
         sheet and draw an accurate mock-up.  Doing this additional step will en-
         sure that the design works the way you want.
         Please  do not  submit cut and paste work to  NCS as a final draft.

                                          3-2
                                          178

-------
          NO-
j' f J*
      WflME
                       s
                       c
o
o
u
R
T>
E
    H

    a
    o
    t
    c
    4
    i
                                   BIRT"
 OKS   %


 MB   I


 mm   I
                  INSTRUCTIONS
                Figure 3.1 Sample Rough Draft


                       3-3

                       179

-------
SECOND DRAFT
Drawing the rough draft is only the first stage in the mock-up process.  Returning to the original
draft, you must evaluate and make improvements on each section. It is at this stage that you
spread out some grids, squeeze others together, try different formats for grids, and make room
for additional information.
When the second draft of the form is complete, check .your progress:
      Are all data elements included?
      Is each element the correct size?
      Are the elements in the desired sequence?
      Are the grids spaced for easy readability?
      Does the form fit the format specified?
Depending on your organization, you should seek approval from any individuals who must ap-
prove or sign off the design before the final draft  is completed.  For users who are not very
familiar with OMR forms, it may be necessary to complete a final  draft before asking for their
approval.









ACTION





ST
-------
r 13 ir *? ** !• H
o oo oo oo oo oo












flCTIOtf














STUD£*T
No














FAMILY
NO











wm^m
I
C
«
C
o
L
N
o
•^








4-
a
A
P
^










'
                                                                          12.  II
                                                                           OO
IS
O
                            Figure 3.3  Sample Second Draft
FINAL DRAFT
The second draft  merely outlines grid locations.  It contains none of the detail that will be re-
quired by NCS to typeset and compose the form successfully. The steps for the final draft are
as follows:
       Step 1: First, on a fresh layout sheet, pencil in the exact outlines of the grids.
       Step 2: The lines which will go inside each grid are drawn exactly where desired.
       Step 3: Grid headings are added.
       Step 4: Response circles and  the response designators are placed. Some will have the
              response choices listed with a circle  beside each.  Others will have some unique
              characters to represent individual responses and these are shown exactly as de-
              sired.  Standard alpha or numeric responses may be indicated in one column and
              then marked to indicate that they repeat.  This type of grid is so common in OMR
              forms that the NCS forms personnel will automatically provide a complete grid.
       Step 5: The drawing is now complete.  Other miscellaneous features may be added.  For
              example, if a corner cut is desired, that is marked on the mock-up.

Shading of alternate columns is desired to make it easier for the respondent to mark each column.
We suggest using a colored marking  pen of the type used to highlight passages in textbooks or
notes. Do not mark the actual mock-up. Since the markers are usually indelible, it is a good idea
to make a photocopy of the original  and then mark the copy. If shading changes are made, the
original mock-up is still usable.  Various percentage  values of shading  and even reverse-type
areas can each be marked  with  different colors.   Just make sure you provide a key to color
significance.
                                          3-5
                                          181

-------
FORMS DESIGN HINT: Text
When large amounts of text are required  on the form, it would be quite
time consuming to  write the text on the mock-up itself.  In such cases, it
is more  convenient to indicate the general layout of the type on the mock-
up and type the actual text  on a separate page.  Be sure to indicate where
the  copy must be placed on the mock-up.
     SEPARATE TEXT
                                                MOCK-UP
                                       *** <*<«•*
             Figure 3.4  Text Indicated on Separate Sheet
                               3-6
                               .182

-------

           STU6ENT
NtW O
       TTUOCMT
       WlHljtR
        IITTT
I C
          r
         MhliV
         TTTTT
                 C
UST NAHf
IIMIIIIII

2 " •' .'' • -''
c- •- ••• ,
1 :• •.. ..'• '. •.':
*
M ;
1 :' .
4' .'. •' '. -.
H;., '- . •' :;.•
fO ". ':> : 6
«... <"! '.. 6 ' '. • :•
To ' ' ' ''• ( ' •;' '!
ro ••:: o :: o ,•
M •:'; C •": •" ;
vc. 3 ,. c •:• )
wo c: o r c •
H •."'; ( ( ) ' >. ', C ' •
»•:• C r -c •'" o

FlRTT N«NB
Jlllllll,
°3-— T-*-?
' -..' ' *- S ' • *>'
.,., ., ,. .


"" "» '
f / " '• ,'
^ - o \>. ":•
V; ' ; '
.'! ('-" ) '....' ""'.1
' } :. ,' ; ^ ' ' ^!
C, •' ) . - : ;;
•••'."; O '.' O )
/-•• -, /••• >
./
••C 0 "^ '.' )
i C". • ~) ; i •' i
o -c :-• c o

• ',• . W"
LLJ
°r
                                        MtQ
                               u
                           toy o
                                   ytvo
                                   NO o
                                        DHC
                               MO.  2.
                               PENCIL
                                 ONLY
       10% SHADING
              Figure 3.5  Sample Final Draft
                      3-7
                      183

-------
PROCEDURE CHECKLIST
When the  mock-up is complete, the form should be checked against specifications a final time.
Also there is a checklist on the layout sheet to remind you of all typical forms specifications.  This
checklist is not intended to be all  encompassing; it covers only the most common specifications.
It will help you make your mock-up  and specification complete and  it will help NCS produce a
form  that is exactly what you  wish.
After users and other involved people have approved the final design, it is ready to be mailed to
NCS/ Data Forms Customer Service  for composition and  printing.
                                    TRANS-OPTIC® FORMS DESIGN CHECKLIST
                             Before submitting your design to NCS, please make sure that each applica-
                             ble item on the checklist is clearly specified. Items which are not applicable
                             should be left blank. Items marked ® must also be marked on the mock-up.
                             Orders without a clear mock-up and complete instructions may be delayed.
                             Thank you.
                             OFORM  TITLE	'.—
                             OFORM  SIZE (Including carrier strips if continuous.)	
                             OFORM  TVPF     	
                               OCut  sheet (single page)
                                 ®Fold to	,	
                               OContinuous (line-printer compatible)
                                 ®Pre-slug positions (.  ..          , .        .    ......
                                 ,*&.,,          .   Mndicate number of characters in each field.
                                 QE>Pre-prmt positions)
                                 (^Alignment notch
                               O Multi-part of	parts.
                                 mark one:   O Snap-out or     .  O Continuous
                                 mark one:   O Carbon copies or   QSelf contained copies
                                 mark one:   ®Spot carbon or    OFull carbon
                                 ®Stub location - Indicate which side copies are to be attached.
                                 Stub attachment (Mark one for each side)
                                 O'eft side:     O crimp    Oglue   Onot attached
                                 Oright side:    Ocrimp    Oglue   Onot attached
                                 OCarbon length from stub end:.
                             O Caper and ink colors for carbon copies. Ink color choices are identical to
                               Trans-Optic" ink colors; paper color choices for copies are white, blue.
                               pink and canary.
                                 Part 2 Ink:	, Paper:	•
                                 Part 3 Ink:	_	, Paper:	
                                 Part 4 Ink:	.-, Paper:	
                                 Part 5 Ink:	, Paper:	
                             OTRANS-OPTIC"5INK COLOR: Front:  Black and	
                                                      Back:   Black and	
                             OTRANS-OPTIC®PAPER COLOR:
                               OWhite- Trans-Optic Bond*       O Vio-Trans-Optic Bond*
                             ORESPONSE SPACING:  Qe x 6   Oe x 5   Ospiit master
                             OSCANNING SYSTEM Form will be  used with: IQ VALTREP System
                               OScanner model no	^ODOSSIER System
                                                                  (OSheet Compile System
                             OMake sure that response positions, bias bar, skunk marks and write-in areas
                               do not back-up to similar areas on the reverse side of the form.
                             ^NUMBERING
                                 ®Serial number from	to	
                                 ® Litho-code from	to	
                             ®SKUNK MARKS

                             eBTIMMM^MABK*/*1-1- TIMING MARKS WILL BE PRINTED UNLESS
                             HCORNER CUT(sA°THERWISE MARKED ON THE MOCK-UP.
                             ®CORNER TIP(S)
                             ^DRILLING OR PUNCHING
                             ®PERFORATIONS
                             ® SHADING. A 10% value will be used  unless otherwise noted.
                             O Proof should be sent to:
                               Name	,	
                               Address.
                             O'f NCS has questions,  who should we call?
                               Name	
                               Phone	1	
                            ^Please indicate other specifications on the reverse side. If in doubt as to
                             any specifications,  please call our Data Forms Customer Service at
                             800-328-6302. We will be happy to help.
                                     Figure 3.6   Procedure Checklist
                                                       3-8
                                                      184

-------
PROOFREADING
The end product of NCS typesetting and composition is a proof, which is a blue and white photo-
graphic print of the completed form. The purpose of the proof is to show you exactly how the
form will look. It is your responsibility to check that the form is done exactly the way you want.
If there are minor errors (such as typographical errors) or changes to be made, make the correc-
tions directly on the proof. If the changes are at all major, such as rearranging grid positions or
rewording entire bodies of text, the changes should be typed out on a separate sheet or redrawn
on a fresh layout sheet.
Before returning the proof to NCS, you MUST sign it and indicate  what category the proof is:
            OK
            OK with Corrections
            Rejected
If you indicate OK, NCS will go ahead with the printing of the form.  If you indicate OK with
Corrections, NCS will make the small corrections, send you a confirming proof, and print the
form.  If you have indicated that the proof is Rejected (that is, it needs many major changes),
NCS will make the changes and send you a new proof for your approval.
Keep  in mind  that while NCS will always take responsibility  for the basic scannability of the
form, you, the  customer are responsible for the form design once you have signed your approval
on the proof.

CUSTOMER PROVIDES CAMERA-READY COPY
If desired, a customer may supply "camera-ready copy" for development purposes. Since there
are many defined conditions which must be met, contact NCS for specifications before starting
forms development.
                                         3-9
                                         185

-------
(INTENTIONALLY BLANK)
             186

-------
                                  TYPES OF FORMS

 Optical Mark Reading has been applied to a tremendous number of data entry needs. OMR
 forms applications include grade reporting, course selection, election ballots, vehicle registra-
 tion, payroll deductions, retail inventory, service reports, and water meter reading, to name just
 a few.  Different applications require different types of forms.  A grade reporting form will have
 very different requirements than an election ballot.  The NCS Applications Manual (NCS part
 no.  202-147-443) contains examples and descriptions of more than 50 different applications.
 We  hope these examples will stimulate development of new applications and design ideas.
 NCS scannable documents are manufactured in four basic formats: cut  sheets, continuous,
 saddle stitched booklets, and multi-part forms.  Each format and its specifications are discussed
 below.
 CUT SHEETS
 Cut sheets are usually cut to size during printing. They may be single sheets or folded.
                        Single Sheet                       Folded
                              Figure 4.1  Cut Sheet Forms

CONTINUOUS FORMS
Continuous forms are designed to be run through a computer line printer prior to being given to
the respondent.  Some scanner-readable information, such as respondent identification, is print-
ed. The respondent then marks the form and returns it to the user to be scanned. For this reason,
such forms are sometimes called "turnaround documents".
r>!= •
o! =
o! =
oil
O' —
°;i
o.=
o! =
ol =
o!= .
o' ~
oi =
in
IO
So

!o
jo

!o
1°

10
!o
I
                              Figure 4.2  Continuous Forms

 Continuous forms are manufactured from a continuous web of paper but are not cut into units.
 Each form is separated by a perforation where it can be torn apart after it has been run through
 a line printer.
 In addition, continuous forms have a perforated strip on each side called "carrier strips" or "pin-
 feed strips" that enable the line printer to transport the paper during preprinting and preslugging.
                                          4-1
                                          187

-------
                     CARRIER
                       STRIPS
             PERFORATIONS
o; iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniii'o
                                        llllllillllliillllllillllllllllllilllli
               Figure 4.3  Continuous Form Carrier Strips and Perforations

Format for Continuous Forms
Line printer spacing is typically 6 lines per inch vertically and 10 characters per inch horizontal-
ly (with 132 characters total), while forms are either 6 x 6 or 6 x 5. Therefore, the forms designer
must take  particular care to ensure that each continuous form is line printer compatible, scan-
ner compatible, and printing press compatible.
Following  are diagrams of some of the  most common continuous  form formats to show how
they are set up for line printer compatibility.

-------
      814" x 12" - UM the 854" x 11" -6x6 layout sheet
                                                                     12" « 17" - U<* the 11" > 17" - 6 x 6 layout than
    - 6 par inch -
   (Correspond! with
    line printer and
   read-head spacing)
o|
Ol
oj
Oi
oj
Ol
Oj
Oi
0 |l 1 1 1 1
!o
'o
!o
10
1°
10
S~ TIMING TRACK 1 °
r 10
1 1 1 II 1 1 1 1 II 1 1 l|o
                               • 5 per inch •
                       (Each response corresponds with
                    every other print position on line printer)

     9%" x 11" - Use the 854" x 11" -6x6 layout sheet
   - 6 per inch -
  (Corresponds with
    line printer
     spacing)
oir
o'r
o|E
°i-
O (~ TIMING TRACK

0|=
0 =
Oir
O'Z
o!=
!o
jo
|0
IO
|0
10
!o
!°
. 0
IO
!b
                              • 6 per inch-
                    (Every 3rd response corresponds with
                   every 5th print position on line printer.
                  Also corresponds with read-head spacing.)
11" x 17-7/8" - UM the 11" x 17" -6x5 layout sheet
  - 6 per Inch -
 (Corresponds with
 line printer and
 read-head spacing)
Oi
°!
o!
o|
Ol
o!
°!
o!
o!
°!
oi r
0 !< 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
i°
!o
'0
|o
10
!°
!o
'0
!o
IO
TIMING TRACK 1 O
lO
III 1 II III! Ill II Illlo
                                - 6 per inch -
                          (Each response corresponds with
                       every other print position on line printer)
                                                                  - 6 pit inch -
                                                                 (Corresponds with
                                                                    line printer
                                                                     spacing)
ol-
oiE
0[E
°E
Ol-
O i
oiE
0 1^
Q J— . /- ""ING TRACK
O!E
ojz
OlZ
o '—
°iE
o
o'~
olE
to
jo
1°
1°
!°
IO
!°
o
1 w
IO
10
jo
|0
'0
|o
lO
!o
!0

                                                                                         (Evary 3rd response corresponds with
                                                                                        every 5th print position on line printer.
                                                                                        Also corresponds with reed-heed spacing.)
                                                            It is possible, on the 814" x 12" and the 11" x 17-7/8" documents, to have a portion of the
                                                            form 6x6 and the remainder 6x6. The important thing to reniambei here is that you must
                                                            remain 6 par inch in the direction of the read-head and line printer spacing.
                                                                                               EXAMPLE
      - 6 per Inch -
oj
0"
o
01
°l
°!
0
0
I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
!o
10
•is
10
!°
r TIMING TRACK | O
10
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 It 1 1 l|
               6 par inch     I          6 per inch -

NOTES:  1.  The above approach must be limited to one splice.

       2.  Any 5 per inch (or 6 par inch) sections must run along the entire height.

       3.  When designing a non-standard continuous form, splice two appropriate mock-up
          sheets into one before starting layout.
                                      Figure 4.4   Standard Continuous Form Formats
           Designing 12" x 17" Continuous Forms for Preslugging

           12" x  17" continous forms may be arranged in two possible formats for preslugging.  Design A
           in Figure 4.S has the timing tracks at each 12" side.  With this format, there is an extra space be-
           tween the pages that throws off the 6 per inch spacing of the bubbles between page one and two.
           This means that when the printer has  preslugged page one and spaces down to page two, that it
           will no longer be aligned  with the bubbles on page two.  One page may be  preslugged and pre-
           printed.  The second may be preprinted only.                       >

           Design B, however, has the timing marks for page one next to the center of the  12" x 17" sheet
           and has eliminated  the extra space. The line printer then can space directly down from page one
           and preslug page two in one  pass.

                                                              4-3
                                                              189

-------
                                                                          B
•n
o'
1
01 *
•1
• j
o
0|
ol
1
o1
«!
0|
01
01
ol
0|*
«l 1
^. —
IMIIIIM Illlll !«
1°
l«
I*
lo
PAGE 1
0
1
0
1*
It
>0
«
PAGE 2 *\

i«
10
1 Mil 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i»
1 9" — J*.
                     IN DESIGN B, BOTH PAGE
                     1  AND PAGE 2 MAY BE —
                     PRE-SLUGGED AT THE
                     SAME TIME
                               IN DESIGN A, EITHER
                               PAGE 1 OR PAGE 2 MAY BE
                               PRE-SLUGGED, NOT BOTH AT
                               ONCE
• 1
•1
•1
•l
1,
1
ol
ol"

0| •
1 1 1
o1
0
0
0
0
0
0|

01
Ol"
%l II
|o
|0

10
10
PAGE 1 lo
10
1 0
10
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 II 1 1 1 lo
0
*
0
0
PAGE 2 o
*
Q
It
1%
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III 1 1 I 10
                                                                                       17'
                                                                           12"
                        Figure 4.5  Preslugging 12" x 17" Forms

Designing 4-1/4" Height Continuous Forms for Preslugging

Continuous forms with 4-1/4" height present a unique problem. If they are printed at exactly
4-1/4", each form is scannable but only every other form is line printer compatible. Response
positions are spaced in increments of sixths from one form to the next and so are compatible
with the vertical spacing of the line printer.

To  be properly aligned, alternate forms must be staggered in size, alternating 4-1/3", 4-1/6",
4-1/3", etc.
                L_'l L1 JI L'J L'J i.'_' L1 _! 1 j. J
                  urn minium 11
                     COMPATIBLE

                     IIIIHMIIIMM
                                                4 1/6"
           4 1/4"
                        13
                        I
                        |3
       H 11111IIIII III 111 i
                                                4 1/3"
                                                4 116"
41/4-1   ': LJHE-ifPiMrlSR
      4   CQMPAimt
                                                4 1/3"
                            n MM



o

0
0

*
0
o
a
0
0

3
3
3

3
C
3
,

HIM M M M 1 III! 1





HIM 1 1 M 1 1 Mill 1




HIM II M 1 1 Mill 1


HIM M III 1 MM) 1





III II M 1 1 1 1 1 II 1 1 1

3




3

3
"j
0
0
6
y
3
3
5

0

0
c
c

                      Figure 4.6  4-1/4" Height Continuous Forms

 It is very important to understand that because of the uneven form height, these forms may not
 be mechanically burst apart.  They must be separated by hand.
                                        4-4
                                       190

-------
Indicating Line Printing Areas
To  compose, and typeset line printer'.compatible forms properly, NCS must know how many
characters and which response, positions you intend to line print.  The standard way of indicat-
ing this is to print a series of X's to show line print areas. Since your mock-up will be done in
pencil, it is helpful to mark each X in a'Contrasting color such as a red pencil.
WEEK
ENDING
MO.
X '
X
0 0
1
2
3
4




DAY
X
K
0 0
1
2
3
4




YR
X
K
0 0
1
2
3
4




DEPART*
.MKNT
NUMBER
X
0
1
2
3
4
X
«•




X
K
••» 0








EMPLOYEE
NUMBER
A
0
i
2
3
4
5
X
••M





x
•••





XI
.
<
— o1




i;
(




                                              NCS WEEKLY TIME SHEET
                                                                                          SK LABOR
                                                                                          CODIS ON
                                                                                          REVERSE
                                                                                            •IOC
                                          PRINT POSITIONS ARE MARKED WITH AN 'X'
                                                                                            0**
                                                                                            ONty
                            Figure 4.7  Line Printer Mock-up
                                          4-5
                                          191

-------
BOOKLETS
Scannable booklets provide a means to have very large amounts of machine-readable informa-
tion in a small package.  They are particularly applicable in surveys or tests where it is desirable
to have text and responses on the same page.
Booklets are 11x17 inch cut sheets that are collated together, stapled, and then folded into book-
let form. Prior to processing, the pages must be cut apart at the fold so that each page is scanned
separately.  Your NCS Forms  Customer Service Representative can assist you  in obtaining the
booklet cutting equipment necessary to do this.  The critical guide edge of the form is always on
the outside.  NCS can produce booklets from 4 pages (one 11" x  17" sheet) to 52 pages (thirteen
11" x  17" sheets).
                                   SEPARATE 11 « 17" SHEETS
                                                          COLLATED TOGETHER
                                                       SADDLE STITCHED
                                                       FOLDED
                             Figure 4.8   Production of Booklets
                                          4-6
                                          192

-------
        Booklet design is similar to other forms design. There are, however, some special considerations
        you must be aware of before you do a booklet design.

               1. The timing track and critical edge must always be on the outside edge because the spine
                 of the booklet will be cut off prior to scanner processing.
               2. Orientation of skunk marks, bias bar, and timing  marks should be the same for each
                 page of a booklet.
               3. As with any form, each  booklet page must have a unique skunk mark assigned to it.
                 It is sometimes helpful to assign the skunks in a systematic way that will identify indi-
                 vidual pages and individual booklets.  The usual way to do this is to assign a series of
                 skunk mark positions that consistently indicate page sequence in the booklet, regard-
                 less of which booklet it happens to be.  A separate series off skunk mark positions
                 would identify each  booklet.  These positions would be identical within a booklet, but
                 would vary from one booklet to the next.
BOOKLET
  ONE
BOOKLET
  TWO
• o • o o o o o o o o o o o o • • o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
               • oo• o oooo ooo ooommo oo oo oo ooo oo ooooo ooooooo oooooo o
                                                                                                 I
                                   I
                 PAGE
                 IDENTIFIERS
                            I
                                                                                       BIAS BAR- - -
                I
                   BOOKLET
                   IDENTIFIERS
                   	I
                        SKUNK MARKS

                                   Figure 4.9  Booklet Skunk Marks

              4. It is important to have some kind of identification system to tie together the pages of a
                 booklet during scanning.  In addition to skunk marks, there are two ways to handle
                 this:

                 a)Pinhole Numbers
                   Pinhole numbering involves punching a six digit number through all the pages of
                   the booklet.  It is not machine-readable but does allow the pages to be visually gath-
                   ered  together if they become separated.  The  largest booklet that can  be pinhole
                   numbered  is 24 pages (6 signatures).  Pinholes can not be in areas with response
                   positions on either side of the paper.
                                                  4-7
                                                  193

-------
  b)Write-in identification on each page
    These are areas on each odd (or even) numbered page for the respondents to write
    their names or ID numbers; again allowing scattered sheets to be visually gathered.

5. When processing booklets, it is often desirable to perform various edit checks, partic-
   ularly  on  the accuracy of the identification information.  To do this properly, the
   booklet must be designed so that the identification page is the first to be scanned by
   the system. This way, if some critical biographical information is incorrect, the entire
   booklet can be selected out, either by a select stacker or by stopping the scanner.
   Therefore, the identification page should be either the outside front cover or the out-
   side back cover.  Since skunk marks are usually placed at the leading edge of the form,
   skunk  marks are placed at the bottom of the page when identification is on the front
   cover and at the top of the page when identification is on the back cover.  This allows
   the correct page to  be  fed into the  scanner first.  If the identification page is selected
   out because of errors, the data pages which follow it may also be selected out.
6. Booklets of up to 24 pages may be  pinhole numbered.
7. Booklets may be serial numbered or litho-code numbered but only on a single 11 x 17"
   signature (4 pages).  NOTE: Litho-Code requires a special set-up. If this is desired,
   we must know before any development, not after the first proof. It is not possible for
   NCS to print matching numbers on multiple signatures.
  LEAD EDGE AT BOTTOM OF PAGE
LEAD EDGE AT TOP OF PAGE
                    Figure 4.10  Design of Booklet ID Page
                                    4-8
                                   194

-------
         FORMS DESIGN HINT: Booklets
         While booklet design is really not very different from other forms design,
         it often seems more difficult because of the number of pages involved. Plan-
         ning is the key to success. You must plan what will go on each page.

         What do you do if your design just  fits comfortably on 9 pages and you
         would rather print an 8 page booklet  than a 12 page booklet? Resist temp-
         tation.  Unless some  copy can be removed or the design can be worked out
         to fit 8 pages easily, you will be better off with the 12 pages. The respondents
         will have an easier time marking the answers and the quality of the data you
         get will show it.

        Booklets are put together in increments of 4 pages (4, 8, 12, etc.)  Often the
        number of pages you require will not  be an increment  of 4. You may want
        to use the extra space to spread  out some areas that are a little cramped or
        maybe you can put together some snappy  graphics for the cover instead of
        diving  into the response  areas right away.  You can also leave blank pages
        to fill out the booklet so  that it is a multiple of 4. Don't let this bother you.
        There is plenty of printed material that has a blank page or two.
MULTI-PART SETS

Multi-Part Sets are forms with copies and carbon attached. There are two types:
      -Cut sets ("snap-sets")
      -Continuous sets ("snapouts")
Cut sets (snap-sets) are usually made up of scannable top sheet and from one to five other parts
which are glued together at a stub attached to one side or end. Each copy is perforated at the
stub.  Copies are made in two ways:  Carbons can be interleaved between parts or the copies
themselves can be printed on a "self-acting" or "carbonless-copy"  paper.
Continuous sets (snapouts)  work in the same way, but have additional carrier strips for trans-
port through the line  printer.
            STUB
                         iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiililiniiii
                                                        TRANS-OPTIC
                                                        (MUST BE TOP COPY)
                                                        CARBON PAPER
                                                        COPY
         PERFORATION
                                 Figure 4.11   Cut Set

                                         4-9
                                        195

-------
                oi i n in i in mi i ii ii ii in ii inn inn 11111 mm 111 ii inn i n ii |o
                o iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiimiiim
-CARRIER STRIPS


-TRANS-OPTIC
 (MUST BE TOP COPY)


-PERFORATIONS


 CARBON


 COPY
                                Figure 4.12  Continuous Set
Multi-Part specifications are as follows:
       1. Parts of the set are attached at a stub where they are glued for cut sets and either glued
         or crimped for continuous sets.
         If glued, only one side should be glued.  Gluing is sometimes necessary if there is to be
         extensive handling before detaching and scanning.  Crimping is preferable when ease
         of separation is desired, such as when forms are to be decollated after printing or on
         one side of a continuous set with the other side glued so that it functions as a snap-out
         after it is printed and burst apart.
       2. Cut set stubs are usually 5/8" wide  and may be on either the short or the long side of
         the form.  Continuous  set  stubs are 1/2" wide and correspond to the carrier strips.
         One side of the continuous set is usually crimped for easier separation, especially if
         the continuous forms are burst apart and then used as snap-sets after they have been
         line printed.
                                                           THIS SIDE GLUED
                 iiniiiiiiiniiiniiiiiiniimmmiiinnnmiiiiiiMnii
              o I nil n ill ill IIIIII n ill n ill M i n n inn ii ii il i ii i ii ii in mi
                                                           THIS SIDE CRIMPED
                          Figure 4.13  Multi-Part Continuous Set
                                           4-10
                                           196

-------
 3.  Copies can be made in two ways: Carbons can be interleaved between parts or the
    copies themselves can  be  printed on self-contained or "NCR" (no carbon required)
    type paper.  NCS recommends using carbon paper because it is less expensive, more
    available, and produces a sharper image than self-acting paper. Self-acting paper is
    not recommended when there are more than 2 copies in a set.
 4.  When possible, the carbon paper will be left shorter than the original and copies so
    that there is a grasping margin to allow easier separation.
 5.  Spot carbon is a means of deleting carbon from a specific area of a snap-set so that
    marks made there do not mark through to the copies from the original. To indicate
    where you  want  carbon, make a photo copy of your mock-up and  mark the areas
    which will copy and those that will not.  See Figure 4.14.
    _  NA H, «k. t>v U Urt. ^. •( 1
                                                      «  ^A-\A.
         ORIGINAL
                    Figure .4.14
                     COPY MARKED
                     TO SHOW CARBON
                     AREA
Indicating Spot Carbons
6. Maximum width of multi-part forms is  17  1/8", including the 5/8" stub.  (Form is
   16 1/2"). Maximum width of continuous sets is 17 5/8", including 1/2" carrier strips
   each side. (Form is 16 5/8").
 7. Copies  are available on a 12 or 15 pound  bond paper.  Available paper colors are
   white, blue, pink, and canary.   Ink colors for the copies are identical to the choices
   for OMR forms.

   It is not advisable to use blue carbon with a blue form (body copy and response posi-
   tions) because there is not enough contrast between the form and the marked response
   position.  This also applies when using black carbon with black type.
8. Marginal words may be printed on the form to identify copies such as "Data Proces-
   sing Copy", "Office Copy", and "Student Copy".

 9. Stub location is at the designer's discretion.  However, we urge that it be located ad-
   jacent to the trailing or outside edge to minimize problems caused by sets being im-
   properly torn apart.  The respondent may accidentally rip the skunk marks if the stub
   is at the leading or guide edge.
                                    4-11
                                    197

-------
                                                         imiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimm
          iiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimmiil
           Stub at Outside Edge                           Stub at Trailing Edge
                                  Figure 4.15  Snap-Sets
       NOTE: Because of the unique requirements of multiple part forms, it is always a good
               idea to check with NCS  prior to final forms design.
 FORM SIZES
 The sizes of forms may also vary. In deciding on a form size, you should consider what size can
 be processed on your model of scanner (See Chapter 10) and what size can be printed by NCS.
 Form sizes printed by NCS:
           Height                 Minimum Width
           3-2/3"                      7-1/2"
           4-1/4"**                    7-1/2"
           5-1/2"                      7-1/2"
           5-2/3"                      7-1/2"
           8-1/2"                      3-2/3"
             11"                       3-2/3"
             17"                       3-2/3"
Maximum Width
    17-7/8"*
    17-7/8"*
    17-7/8"*
    17-7/8"*
    17-7/8"*
    17-7/8"*
    17-7/8"*
       Printed sizes always include stubs, carrier strips, receipts, etc.
* 17 5/8" if multi-part continuous sets, 17 1/8" if multi-part cut sets
 **  4-1/4"  height is impossible with continuous form.  Individual forms alternate 4-1/3, 4-1/6,
    4-1/3, etc. in height.
                                          4-12
                                          198

-------
T
 CD
 ui

1   T
.71/2".
                   IT
•
II
II 1 1 1 1 1 II 1 III









8'/2"
1

1
0|
0|
ol
o'
-1
0
°:"i
<0
!«
•

•«
ia
i°
III 1 1 II 1 1 III Mill |«
                                           WIDTH
                    Figure 4.16  Width and Length of Typical Form Sizes
 If a form is to be produced in a continuous or snap-set format, the scanning size of the form re-
 mains the same as that of a cut sheet format. However, carrier strips or stub will have to be add-
 ed to the overall width of the printed format. For continuous forms with a width of 7-1/2" up to
 16-3/4",add  1/2" to each side. For forms wider than 16-3/4", add 7/16" to each side. Forsnap-
 sets, a 5/8" stub is needed to glue the sheets into a set.
       EXAMPLE:

              8-1/2" x 11" in continuous format would be 8-1/2" x 12", or 9-1/2" x 11", depend-
              ing upon carrier strip location. (Also applies for multi-part continuous.)
              11" x 17" in a continuous format would be 11" x 17-7/8", or 12" x 17", depending
              upon carrier strip location.  (Also applies for multi-part continuous.)
              8-1/2" x 11" in a snap-set format would be 8-1/2" x 11-5/8", or 9-1/8" x  11",
              depending  upon stub location.
                                          4-13
                                         199

-------
APPENDIX F
    201

-------
    The HCS price list reproduced on the following four pages is
provided only as an indication  of what costs for optically read forms
might be.  It is not definitive and is in no way binding to National
Computer Systems, Colorado State University, or the Environmental
Protection Agency.
                                203

-------
Trans-Optic
Custom  Forms  Price  List
4401 WEST 76TH ST., MINNEAPOLIS, MN. 55435
                 612-830-7600
        This price list covers the development,
     printing and scheduling of all custom Trans-
     Optic* forms (both new orders and reprints)
     which are to be scanned on NCS equipment.
     Your data form is a critical element in your
     general scanning operation. The NCS com-
     bined hardware and forms offering represent
     the true systems answer to your scanning
     needs.

        Prices listed in this folder are presented
     to assist you in determining your overall
     costs and to help in planning your budget.
     Prices may be subject to  reduction based
     upon the per  order  volume, forms sizes,
     color combinations and delivery schedule
     requirements.
                        EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1982


                  Please direct written inquiries, purchase
               orders and other materials to your local
               Customer Service Representative. For imme-
               diate assistance call Forms Customer Service
               at:
                                800-328-6302 or
                                612-830-7610
                                800-233-0143 or
Minneapolis, MN
Lancaster, PA

Owatonna, MN
                                717-394-7196
                                800-533-0518 or
                                507-451-5137
                  We will respond quickly with a verbal
               and/or written proposal. Thank you for the
               opportunity to serve your needs and  your
               confidence in NCS and our products.
         NOTE:  Standardized Test Sheets and
                 General Purpose Answer Sheets
                 are  carried in inventory and
                 listed on separate price sheets.
              You may place an order or request
              information by writing or calling NCS
              Forms Customer Service.
NCS B-32263-321
Copyright. C NCS. Inc. 1981  ?05

  All Right! R*i*rv>d
                  NATIONAL
                  COMPUTER
                  SYSTEMS
                  FORMS DIVISION

-------
                                                                                        PAGE 2
COMPOSITION/DEVELOPMENT:

•
MOCK-UP (LAYOUT) 	
COMPOSITION (INCLUDES ONE PROOF)..
i
' SHADING 	
i
1 ADDITIONAL PROOFS 	
REVERSE PRINTING 	 	
SPLIT MASTER 	 	

8'/2X
9'A X 1 1 or
ONE-SIDED
$ 75
$230
$ 25
$ 15
$ 25
$ 25

11
8V, X 12
TWO-SIDED
$125
$365
$ 35
$ 20
$ 35
$ 35

11 X
12 X 17 or
ONE-SIDED
$100
$335
$ 30
$ 20
$ 30
$ 35

17
11 X 17%
TWO-SIDED
$200
$590
$ 45
$ 30
$ 45
$ 45

            FORMS REQUIRING ADDITIONAL COLOR WILL BE QUOTED UPON REQUEST (SEE "ADDITIONAL
            COLORS" ON PAGE FOUR.).

            ALTERATIONS - PRICE BASED UPON EXTENT OF ALTERATION.

            ALL ART WORK. NEGATIVES, PLATES AND OTHER ITEMS PREPARED BY NCS SHALL REMAIN THE
            PROPERTY OF NCS.                              ,

            PRICES FOR OTHER SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT WORK WILL BE QUOTED UPON REQUEST.
       ALL PRICES PER THOUSAND FORMS BASED UPON A MAXIMUM OF TWO COLORS PER
       SIDE (ONE OF THE TWO COLORS ON EACH SIDE BEING BLACK)
QUANTITY
250,000
200,000
• 150,000
100,000
90.000
80.000
70.000
60,000
50,000
40,000
30,000
20,000
10,000
5,000
cm
8'/2 X 1 1
20.45
21.35
22.05
23.40
23.95
24.50
25.30
25.55
26.00
28.20
30.80
37.40
49.30
73.90
SHTH'S
11 X 17
36.05
37.80
39.80
43.25
44.85
46.50
48.10
49.65
51.10
54.95
57.50
61.50
75.20
108.00








9'/2 X 1 1
22.15
22.65
23.35
24.40
25.30
26.05
27.35
28.75
30.20
32.80
36.60
46.15
60.95
96.65
CONTINUOUS
8'/2X12 1
24.25
25.20
26.20
27.35
28.25
28.80
29.80
30,25
31.60
33.55
37.70
46.15
60.95
96.65
FORMS
1 X 177/8
35.20
36.40
37.90
39.35
40.55
41.55
43.65
44.85
46.45
49.00
50.90
61.50
90.15
142.10
12X 17
44.75
46.25
48.15
49.65
50.75
51.45
53.15
53.90
54.65
56.90
62.55
71.35
95.55
142.10
ALL PRICES ARE F.O.B. SHIPPING POINT UNLESS QUOTED OTHERWISE. TERMS: NET 30 DAYS
i CUT SHEETS:
, The above prices include plates, printing, paper.
I folding and standard packaging. Special features such
as numbering, special packaging, perforating, etc., will
be quoted on an individual form basis. Quantities and
sites not addressed above will be quoted upon request.
CUT SHEET STANDARD PACKAGING
QUANTITIES
Inner Outer
Forms Size Package Cartons
8-1/2 X 1 1 600 5,000
11X17 250 2.500






CONTINUOUS SHEETS: 1
The above prices include plates, printing, paper, perforating, line-hole punch-
. ing, and continuous folding. Special features other than those listed In this
paragraph will be quoted on an Individual basis. Quantities and sizes not
addressed above will be quoted upon request.
CONTINUOUS FORMS STANDARD PACKAGING
QUANTITIES
Outer
Forms Size Cartons
9-1/2X11 2.500
8-1 /? y 1 2 ? Rftft • '
11 X 17-7/8 1,500
12 X 17 1.500 or (1.250 if perl, at 8-1/2")
                                          206

-------
                                                                                                PAGE 3
MOCK- UP - supplied by customer, or ....... ................................ ...................    .Mlo w i  2 \veeks.

DEVO-OfiVlFN''    includes type, paste-up, negative assembly and proof ..... . .........    aiio . .;  ^ we. ks.
                  (Major revisions to proofs may result in two additional weeks lead time for processing.)

PRiN i!MG   subject to approval of proof or receipt of reprint order,
            up to 250,000 ........ . ........................................ . .....................    uliow 2-3 weeks.
            From 250,000 to 1 ,000,000 ........ .............. .................... .............    .illow 3-4 weeks.
            Greater quantities quoted on individual basis.

 Hifp!A;3    When  placing a purchase order, consider the estimated ship date and your required in-
             house  date.  Plan your method of transportation accordingly;  i.e.: truck, parcel post, air
             freight, etc.  Specify method on your P.O.

 .  . ,• ,    Our overall lead time reflects the seasonal nature of your forms  requirements.  The quickest
        turn-around time will be realized  by placing orders from October through May.  Orders placed
        in the remaining five months may result in longer lead times.

        If you need faster service, please* call for our best lead time estimate.
  SPECIAL NOTES:

  1. AVAILABLE PRICING DISCOUNTS
     • You may also be eligible for a multiple order discount which is based on identical sizes and colors of forms.
       The exact discount will be quoted by your Customer Service Representative at time of order.
     • Our 4 for 4 program in 1981 — take advantage of a 4% discount on the printing price of your forms order.
       To qualify, place your order at least four months prior to the requested ship date.  This additional  time
       allows us to gain plant efficiencies which we will pass along  to our customers:  We will ship and invoice
       upon completion of your order.


  2. OTHER FORMS PRODUCTS
     • This price sheet reflects only  the most commonly  purchased forms.   NCS also  manufactures booklets
       (several sheets stapled together) and multi-part sheets (which include carbons or self contained reproduc-
       tion paper).  The multi-part documents are produced  in either  a continuous or snap set format. Due to the
       specialized nature of these products they are not  referenced individually. However, your Customer Service
       Representative will  be happy to provide pricing quotes and assist with placing your order. NCS intends to
       meet all your scannable forms needs.
     • NCS also manufactures standard one-part Green bar  computer stock paper. Product specifications are as
       follows:
                           Description                       Price per thousand
                           12" X 8-1/2" White Bond Green bar        $6.32
                           14-7/8" X 11" White Bond Green bar       $8.32

       This product will be packaged 3000 per carton and will be shipped F.O.B. Owatonna, MN.  There is a
       minimum order quantity of two cartons.


  3. INFORMATION REQUIRED WHEN ORDERING
     • Form Size
        —  In the case of continuous forms, state overall sizes before and after carrier strips  are removed.
     • Color Desired
     • Quantities Desired
        —  Higher volume purchases reduce your per form costs.
     • Special Features
        —  Corner cuts, litho-code, perforations, alignment notch, etc.,  see back page for details.
     • Include Copy
        —  Mock-up, previously printed form, etc.
     • Ship Date Desired
        —  Plan to receive your forms several weeks prior to distribution and use.
     • Receiving Location(s)
     • Purchase Orders
        —  Should contain all standard or quoted prices.


                    REFER TO PAGE  4 FOR SPECIAL AND STANDARD FEATURES

-------
                                                                                   PAGL 4

         FJEAjTUJRESj  (Offered at an extra charge, please consult your Customer Service Repre
sentativR for details.  Also, for a more complete definition of features, please refer to your Forms
Design Guide.)

•  !•:'!lIQ^CpOiMG: A scanner readable numbering technique developed to identify two halves of a
   sheet too  large to scan on systems other than a model 7015.  Litho-Coding can also be  used
   for  special projects where  machine readable identification  numbers are required.  Includes
   matching decimal  numbers.

•  DEC I MAI. NU!ViBL:RUvjG.  Available in vertical or horizontal format on most cut or continuous
   forms.

•  ^pKj^ii!:'.1 •-''•'}'~l-"'.("'V:  This process is not required in the scanning operation but is often desired
   by users to assure forms are stacked properly prior to processing.

•  ALIGNiyttfv'i f'iOTCH:  1/4 inch holes positioned over the perforation that separates the  form
   from the carrier strip on continuous forms. The alignment notch serves the same purpose as
   corner cutting but has the advantage of being  placed in one of several locations along the car-
   rier strip. This service is free on continuous forms but there is a charge on cut  sheets.

•  NOjM V>T..:'  )•>;.; i-ACi;.A3IN«.'?: We welcome the opportunity to perform special handling, pack-
   aging, and shipping requirements to fill your special need.

•   .i>;..T!>~       .  .;,:   The standard prices on page 2 cover the printing of forms with a maxi-
   mum of one color (plus black) on each side of the form.  Extra  colors are available and  will be
   quoted upon request.
STANDARD FEATURES:


 » HIGHLY TRAINED AND DEDICATED PERSONNEL:  The development and production of
   Trans-Optic® forms requires very sophisticated graphic arts equipment.  However, it takes
   people, quality people, to monitor this equipment, arid we are proud of our training proce-
   dures and employee dedication that result in the production of forms which are unequaled
   in the industry.


 0 QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES:  We don't just talk quality, we produce it.  Every phase
   of production, from the manufacturing of the paper to the shipping of finished products, is
   subjected to the highest standards of quality control. We see your forms the way your
   scanner sees them.


 « SCANNABLE PAPER:  All NCS scannable forms are printed on NCS Trans-Optic® Bond
   paper stock. This paper is manufactured exclusively for NCS and is monitored at the mill
   using NCS testing equipment.  Forms printed on non-NCS paper have caused scanning in-
   accuracies and may result in unusable documents.
   Our registered Trans-Optic®  trademark on your forms is a guarantee that the paper opacity
   and uniformity is within NCS system requirements.


 " GUARANTEE:  We  guarantee our Trans-Optic® forms  and back this  guarantee  with the
   knowledge necessary to  respond effectively when a problem is encountered.  We have
   highly skilled customer engineering personnel located throughout the United States who
   are available to help when needed.
                                         208

-------
APPENDIX G
   209

-------
    The following pages appear in the Colorado Department of Health
Mobile Sources Section report titled "Data Management for the AIR
PrograiTi, July 1981 to December 1981" dated January 20, 1982.  They
describe the reports produced for the "blue system" for the AIR
Program and contain samples of several  of the reports.
                                211

-------
                                           AIR PROGRAM DATA REPORTS
   }rogram   Name
   RIUBR1     AIR-Error Report
                                      Due Dates      Language  Contents
                                      Weekly         COBOL     Non-cumulative distribution by mechanic number within
                                                               station number of:
                                                                  1) Tests added
                                                                  2) Number of errors
                                                                  3) Distribution of error percentages over:
                                                                       a)make, b)vehicle license number, c) date,
                                                                       d) cost, e) number of cylinders
                                                                  4) Average first test CO and HC readings
                                                                  5) First test pass rate
                                                                  6) First visual fail rate
                                                                  7) First emissions fail rate
                                                                  8) First test CO fail rate
                                                                  9) First test HC fail rate
                                                                 10) Final test fail rate
                                                                 11) Final emissions fail rate
ro
I—*
CO
RIUBR2    Statistics on Tests
            by Station Number
                                         Monthly
SPSS      Cumulative station number distribution of:
             1) Total tests
                Total retests
                Test fail rate; and for CO and HC
                                                                   i


                                                                   } Average first test readings
                                                                   ) Average final test readings
                                                                  6) Percentage reductions
                                                                  7) Actual reductions
   RIUBR3     Statistics on Tests
               by Model Year
                                      Bi-monthly     SPSS
          Cumulative model year distribution of:
             1) Total tests
             2) Total retests
             3) Test fail rate; and for CO and HC
             4) Average first test readings
             5) Average final test readings
             6) Percentage reductions
             7) Actual reductions
   UUBR4     Pass/Fail  Distribution       Monthly
               Frequencies
                                                     SPSS
             l)Pass/fail counts for first and final test CO and HC
             2)Frequency distributions for model year and CO and
                 HC and final  tests and reductions
             3)Count and failure rate for first and final tests

-------
                                       AIR PROGRAM DATA REPORTS (continued)
    Program   Name                        Due Dates      Language

    RIUBR5    AIR-Monthly Error Summary   Monthly        SPSS
                         Contents
                         Monthly summary of errors,  CO and HC readings,  and
                         pass/fail  rate distributions by mechanic number within
                         station number (weekly error reports) showing number
                         of errors  in place of percentages and indicating
                         which values lie outside of acceptable tolerances.
    RIUBR6    Distribution by Make
                within Model Year
Monthly and
  Quarterly
SPSS      Cumulative and non-cumulative distribution by Make
          within model  year for CO and HC each of:
            1) Average first test readings
            2) Average final test readings
            3) First test to final test reductions
            4) Percentage reductions
ro
    RIUBR7    Statistics on Tests
                by County
Monthly
SPSS
Cumulative model year distribution by County of:
  1) Total tests
  2) Total retests
  3) Test fail rate; and for CO and HC each
  4) Average first test readings
  >) Average final test readings
  5)
                                                                     I
                              Percentage reductions
                                                                     7) Actual  reductions
              As requested
                         1) Average costs for:  a)inspection,  b)  adjustment
                         2) Pass/fail  rate for  "home adjust"  vehicles
                         3) Number of  voluntary repairs
                         4) True (as opposed to issued) numbers  for vehicles
                                a I Compliance
                                b) Adjustment
                                c) Denied

-------
SCHEDULE OF AIR PROGRAM DATA REPORTS
Day
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31


Program
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiii

iiiiiitmiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniii

iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiini


iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimiiiiiii

iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuii

iiiiiiiiiiiiimmiiiiiiiiiiii


iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiini






iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiini





IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIUII
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiin


!)uarterl y niiiiiiiiiiiiin
31-annual iniiiiniiiiiii
RIUBR1
lining

iiiiiiiiiiiiini

iiiiiiiiiiiinii


iniiiiA

iiiiiiiiiiiiini

iiiiiiiiiiiiinii


iiuiiAliiiiii






iinilA





iiiiiiiiiiiiin
llll(£k


iiiiiiiiiiiiiin
iiiiiiiiiiiiini
RIUBR2


iiiniiiiiiiiii

iiiiiiiiiiiiini




niiiiiiiiiiiiiii

iiiiiiniiiiiiiii


iiiiiiiiiiiinii












minimum!



iiiiiiiiiiiiini
iiiiiiiiiiiinii
RIIJBR3


Illllll^

iiiiiiiiiiiiini




iiiiiiiiiiiiini

iinijA


iiiiiiiiiiiiiin












mi. A



iimiiniiim
iniiiiiiiiiiii
RIUBR4




iiiiiiiiiiiinii




imtA




iiiiiiiiiiiinii
















IIIIIHIIIIIIII
Illlllllllllllll
RIUBR5




IIMII^ HUH









iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii
















iiiiiiiiiiiiiin
IIIIIIIIIIIIHII
RTIIRRfi




iiiiiiiiiiiiini









iiiiuA
















iiuii^
iiiiiiiiiiiiiin
RTIIRR7




mii|^



























iiiiiiiiiiiiiin
RIUBR8
































iimiA

-------
R. IUBR1
REPORT DATE 1 1/16/81
STN » MECH *
1001 0741
STATION TOTAL
1003 0535
2566
2571
STATION TOTAL
1004 0964
1559
1562
STATION TOTAL
1006 1623
STATION TOTAL
£J 1007 2354
CT> 2356
STATION TOTAL
1006 2106
24 1 2
STATION TOTAL
1009 0666
c
; STATION TOTAL
a 1013 0316
0396
STATION TOTAL
1014 1523
1596
16S2
1 685
1 940
STATION TOTAL
1015 1916
1922
STATION. TOTAL.

RECS.
ADDED
1
1
5
2
1
8
2
1
2
5
1
1
2
1
3
1
1
2
2
2
5
1
6
1
1
4
2
1
9
1
1
2

REC.
ERRS.
1
1
1
1
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
3
1
b
0
0
0
1
i
0
1

C 0
LORADO DEPARTMENT
INSPECTION - MAINTENANCE WEEKLY
** ERROR PERCENTAGE BY FIELD »*»
MAKE LIC. DATE COST «CYL
O
0
0
0
0
0
0
O
0
O
O
O
0
0
0
0
O
0
O
O
0
0
0
0
O
0
0
0
O
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
0
0
0
0
11
100
0
50

100 0
10O 0
0 20
50 0
0 0
13 13
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
00
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 100
0 0
0 50

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20
0
17
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

OF HEAL
ERROR REPORT
AVG . COUNTS
X/CO X/HC
0.5 600
0.5 600
2 . 0 624
4.3 236
5 . 8 560
3.0 519
0.7 1 25
3. 1 140
4.8 505
2.8 480
2.0 200
2 . 0 200
1 .9 200
4 . 0 900
2.6 433
0.2 0
3.5 400
1.9 200
4.3 90
4.3 90
4 . 7 303
1 . 6 300
4 . 2 303
8.0 0
7.6 700
0.9 144
4 . 5 273
3 . 2 200
3.5 447
0.1 5
O.2 550
0.2 778

T H

P/1 F/V
0 0
0 0
60 0
100 0
0 0
63 0
100 0
0 0
50 0
60 0
100 0
100 0
100 0
100 0
100 0
0 100
100 0
50 50
0 0
0 0
40 0
100 0
50 0
0 0
0 0
100 25
50 0
100 0
67 11
100 0
0 0
50 0



F/E1 F/CO
100 0
100 0
40 20
0 0
1 00 1 00
38 25
0 0
100 0
50. 50
40 20
0 0
0 0
0 0
Q 0
0 0
100 0
0 0
50 0
100 50
100 50
60 60
0 0
50 50
100 100
100 100
0 0
50 50
0 0
33 33
0 0
100 0
50 0

PAGE
RATES «**««*
F/HC F/2
100 N/A
100 N/A
40 N/A
0 N/A
100 N/A
38 N/A
0 N/A
100 N/A
50 50
40 20
0 N/A
0 N/A
0 N/A
0 N/A
0 N/A
100 N/A
0 N/A
50 N/A
50 N/A
50 N/A
0 N/A
0 N/A
0 N/A
1 00 N/A
0 N/A
0 N/A
0 N/A
0 N/A
11 N/A
0 N/A
100 100
50 50

1
*»***
F/E
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
50
20
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
100
50


-------
               KEY TO AIR - WEEKLY ERROR REPORT
COLUMN LABEL

Stn #

Mech #

Recs.Added


Rec.Errs.

Error Percentage by Field
Average Counts/CO and HC

Pass/Fail Rates
          P/l
          F/V
          F/E1
          F/CO
          F/HC
          F/2
          F/E
DEFINITION
License number of emission, testing stations
License number of emissions mechanic
Total records completed by individual licensed
emissions mechanic that have been edited by the
Optiscan system and edited by the computer
Number of records that were improperly marked
or out of range for any edited field

(Next five columns) Make/License/Date/Cost/Cyl
Percentage errors of omissions, multiple markings,
out of range, not read by scanner, etc. as marked
by individual mechanic
Mean CO and HC readings as obtained from the total
of all first emissions tests
(shown as percentage)
Pass first test emission levels
Failed visual inspection (before first test)
Failed standards on first reading of CO and/or HC
Failed standard on first CO reading
Failed standard  on first HC reading
Failed for any reason on retest emissions levels
Failed emissions only (will apply to 1982 autos)
                                   217

-------
CO
TOTAL
tEPORT
IS OF FIRST FAILURES
C 0
L 0 R A D O D
E P A R T
M E N T O
F HEALTH
REPORT DATE
09/28/81
AIR PROGRAM

MODEL
YEAR
& e s s x
68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82



TOTAL
TESTS
X X X X S
598

941

1142

1350

1806

2139

2450

1894

2530

2603*

3258

3515

2851

1602

.11
28720
TOTAL
RE-
TESTS
ff S S X 8
112

167

164

227

351

376

406

311

424

568

663

725

259

72

0
4825

FAIL
RATE
& 8 S 3
18.7

17.7

14.4

16.8

19.4

17.6

16.6

16.4

16. 8

21 .8

20. 3

20.6

9. 1

4.5

0.0
16. 8
1 1 FIRST
1 1 CO
1 1 MEAN

6. 1446

6.6371

6. 1226

7.0291

6.7433

6.8811

7.0251

6.1113

6.6302

5 . 274 1

5.3003

4.4539

4 . 5954

4.0347

M
5.8309
RETEST
CO
MEAN

3.2634

3.4808

3.2244

3.2233

3.0353

2.8915

3. 1054

2.5566

2.8460

1 . 9342

1 . 8332

1 .5774

1 . 1 529

1 . 0528

M
2.3740
CORED


1ST CO

46.890

47.555

47.336

54. 143

54 . 988

57.979

55.796

58. 166

57.073

63.327

65.414

64 . 585

74.912

73.907

M
59.286
MEAN
CO
REDN

2.9

3.2

2.9

3.8

3.7

4.0

3.9

3.6

3.8

3.3

3.5

2.9

3.4

3.0

M
3.5
II FIRST
1 1 HC
1 1 MEAN

1427.9

1296.5

1259.9

1 169. 1

1 105.8

1046.7

1014.5

937.39

880.06

754 . 74

672.22

588.69

498.64

526.21

M
865.27
RETEST
HC
MEAN

818.59

688.10

723 . 62

649.14

537.42

510.36

531 .84

466.55

446.49

367.98

332.76

287. 18

215. 17

1 74 . 76

M
437.23
HCRED


1ST HC

42.672

46.927

42.565

44 . 476

51.402

51 .241

47.574

80.229

49.266

51.244

50.498

51.217

56.849

66.788

M
49.469
MEAN
HC
REDN

609

60B

536

620

568

636

483

471

434

387

339

302

283

351

11
428

-------
PO
•-•
vo
                                   PASS/FAIL RATES

                                     % Failing First Test
                                     FIGURE 1
90
28
26
24
22
28
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
n
k
•
-
»
»
>
»
•
!

I

I

|

!

I

I

I

I

pn



I

i
i




1
                 1968 1969  1970 1971
1972  1973 1974

MODEL YEAR-TOTAL
1975 1976 1977 1978

72,686 VEHICLES
1979 1980  1981
                                                                                     11/12/81

-------
       1ST CO
       READING

      \///\

       FINAL CO
       READING
ro
ro
o
                                            MEAN CO  REDUCTION

                                             7-1-81 through 11-12-81
FIGURE 2
                         PERCENT CO
                          1968  1969 1970 1971  1972 1973 1974  1975  1976 1977  1978  1979

                                             MODEL YEAR-TOTAL 72,688 VEHICLES
      1981
                                                                                       11/12/81

-------
IV)
ro
100
 95
 90
 85
 60
 75
 70
 65
 60
 55
 50
 45
 40
 35
 30
 25
 20
 15
 10
 5
 0
                    I CARS  PASSING  AFTER  ADJUSTMENTS
                                     11,209 Vehicles
             PASS RATE
                1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973  1974  1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981
                                         MODEL YEAR
                                                                        11/18/81

-------
APPENDIX H
    223

-------
    The following text is from SPSS,  Statistical  Package  for the
Social Sciences, Second Edition,  by  Norman  H.  Nie,  C.  Hadlai Hull,
Jean G. Jenkins, Karin Steinbrenner,  and  Dale  H.  Bent  (McGraw-Hill,
copyright 1975, by SPSS, Inc.  eighth  printing),  pp.  11-19.  It  is
included in the report to provide a  more  comprehensive description of
the capabilities of SPSS for individuals  not acquainted with the
package.  It is reproduced with permission  of  SPSS,  Inc., 444 North
Michigan Avenue, Suite 3300, Chicago,  IL  60611.
                                225

-------
                                   AN INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING WITH SPSS              11

reduction that locates fewer underlying dimensions (higher-order variables) out of a larger pool
of variables in which no distinction has been made between independent and dependent vari-
ables. Canonical correlation is in some respects a combination of the two alternate multivariate
techniques. It contains data reduction capabilities similar to factor analysis, but, having required
the user to divide the variables into two sets, also assesses the relationship between the two sets
of factors (called canonical variates).
      In this way, the researcher is able  to conveniently simplify and analyze the relationship
between a large  number of independent variables and a large number of dependent variables.
More precisely, canonical correlation analysis takes as its basic input two sets of variables, each
of which can be given theoretical meaning as a set, and extracts  linear combinations of the
variables within  each set; each linear combination maximally correlates with a corresponding
linear combination from the other set. These linear combinations are the canonical variates and
come in associated pairs. Thus, the higher-order  dimensions are created not on the basis of
accounting for the maximal variance within one set of variables (as in factor analysis), but on
the basis of accounting for a maximum amount of the relationship between the two  sets of
variables.
      Input to the SPSS CANCORR procedure can be either raw data or a correlation matrix.
The user may specify the number of pairs of canonical  variates  to be extracted and the signifi-
cance level required for extraction. The procedure automatically outputs the canonical correla-
tions, along with tests of their statistical significance, and the coefficients of the  canonical
variates. CANCORR will optionally punch or write the values of the canonical variates for all
cases in the file. These variates can be reentered into SPSS as new variables on a subsequent
run.
      We have described the principal statistical  procedures available within the SPSS system.
It is important to realize, however, that these procedures can be executed in any sequence, or
repetitively in the course of a single run or session with the computer. Thus the user may elect to
perform some crosstabulations, do a  multiple regression, and then do some correlations upon
the same file of data in a  single run. Also,  the procedures described  share the general
capabilities of SPSS for file handling, variable manipulation, and so forth, so that they consti-
tute a sequence of steps available to the user in any order that makes sense in the context of the
problem. In Sec. 1.3 we discuss some of the general capabilities of SPSS that arc available in
conjunction with any statistical procedure the user may specify.


1.3  AN OVERVIEW OF THE OPERATION OF SPSS

      In this section we present a summary of the salient capabilities of SPSS, together with
examples. In subsequent chapters these  features,  and  the manner in which the SPSS system
executes them, are discussed in greater detail. For the moment our purpose is to give the user an
overview of how the system operates, and to inform him of what he can and cannot accomplish
with it.


1.3.1  SEQUENCING CALCULATIONS

      SPSS is driven through its various functions by a sequence of control cards1 that the user
must prepare. The process is illustrated in Fig.  I.I. There is a control program in SPSS whose
sole function is to read control cards, decode them, and cause the appropriate function called for
by the control card to be executed. The control program causes the function to be performed by
passing control  to the appropriate subprogram,  which then performs  the function and passes
control back to the control program, which then reads another control card, etc. This calculation
sequence is carried out automatically by  SPSS, and the details of how  the control program and
subprograms operate need be of no concern to the  user. The important  thing for the user to
 'Throughout this text, the word card is taken 10 refer to an SO-churucter record recogni/ahle hy the computer. In
 addition to implying the usual meaning (80-column IBM-curd formal), curd may refer to card-image records entered via
 a remote terminal, etc.
                                              227

-------
12
STATISTICAL PACKAGE FOR THE SOCIAL SCIENCES


St. ill ,

__»
1 — 1 1

Rr.
ml
i..

il .1
II. il
III


—*.


Ib llllS 1
1'INlSll
C.Kll'

Y,.,
Ni i



fWf

irm
SPSS
lunction






Stop


                FIGURE 1.1  Program sequencing in SPSS.
                realize is that SPSS processes control cards in sequential order. It is up to the user to arrange the
                control cards so that the system will perform actions in the intended order.
                     The control cards themselves must be prepared  in a particular  format so that they  are
                recognizable to the system. There are over 75 different types of control cards in all, and the rules
                for preparing these cards arc discussed in detail in subsequent chapters. An attempt has been
                made to define the format of the control cards so that they correspond closely to the way the user
                conceives the problem at hand.  Thus, the information entered on these  cards consists of a
                quasinatural language for the description of data-analysis procedures. In order to use SPSS, il
                is necessary that the  user learn this  language.  This  is not as formidable a task as it may
                sound, since an attempt has  been made to define the control cards so that they all have similar
                formats and a minimum of rules is imposed on the user. The user is free to choose names and
                labels that arc natural to the problem at hand.
                1.3.2  ENTERING AND PROCESSING DATA

                      Data may be entered into SPSS in a variety of ways. The simplest and perhaps the most
                common way is to punch the data on cards and to enter these cards along with the SPSS control
                cards, which instruct the system on the processing of the data. Some of the SPSS control cards
                define and describe the data while other types cause specific calculations to be executed. Data is
                organized within  the SPSS system in units called Jlles. A file consists of the user's data along
                with associated information (entered on SPSS control  cards) describing and defining the data.
                Once entered, any such file may be permanently stored  for future processing as an SPSS system
                ,/?/(' on tape, disk, or other input-output medium.
                       In Example I.I,  we show the data and the control cards that the user would have to
                prepare in order  to begin to analyze the data from a hypothetical study of the political party
                preference of 20 college professors. In this example, the data has been punched on 20 cards (one
                corresponding to the data record.of each professor) and is placed in the card deck directly
                following the READ INPUT DATA card. The data has  been prepared in fixed-column format so
                that each item of  information for each professor is entered in precisely the same position on his
                data record. In this example, the faculty member's identification number occupies the first four
                card columns of every case. Party preference occupies column 6,  and so forth.
                      The data-definition control cards that provide the system with information describing the
                data required for processing are enclosed within  a bracket and so designated. The first of these
                cards, the FILE NAME card, simply names the  set of data for future reference. The user may
                also provide an extended label for the data on this card. On the VARIABLE LIST card the user
                names each of the  variables in the  file of data. These user-selected variable names become
                permanently associated with the corresponding variables in the file; and all future processing is
                accomplished by  reference to these names. The  type of the  variables and their location on the
                data records is specified on  the INPUT FORM AT card1 and the number of cases (professors in
                 "Readers familiar with Fortran will recognize ihai the format specifications of the INPUT FORMAT card are a subset of
                 the Fortran formal list.
                                                    228

-------
                                   AN INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING WITH SPSS
                                                                                                   13
0«»R>INOT  6IVEN/
                             SEX I*M«|MALE »«PMFENALE/
                             RELIGION UIPROTESTANT  I2ICATHOLIC OIJEMISH (MOTHER
               MISS INC VALUES PARTYPRF !•«••/ AGE 101
                             PARTVPRF SEX Ul
                             TABLES* SEX BY PARTVPRF
                             ItS
                             l.l

. PR INT FORMATS
r CROSSTAB*
? < OPTIONS
-v V STATISTICS
RIAO INPUT DATA









4
. ^









f 1912 C 41 N
IBS* N 26 N
2TB6 L IS F
2576 R SO N
1631 N 61 F
2159 L 11 F
2614 L 45 F
15B2 C 56 N
2222 S 17 F
176B N 45 M
2651 S 10 N
2B42 S 44 N
1B99 N 0 F
2011 C 18 N
2159 L 0 F
1975 L IS M
















24BB C 42 N 2
2111 N 16 F 4
1111 L 29 N 4
^ 2296 L 19 F 1
               SAVE FILE
               FINISH
EXAMPLE 1.1  Control cards and data used to enter data, perform a crosstabulation, and save a file
             of 20 cases and 5 variables.

this instance) is indicated on the N OF CASES card. The fact lhal the data arc to he entered on
cards is indicated on the INPUT MEDIUM control card. If the data were being entered into the
system from  some other input medium,  the INPUT MEDIUM card would have specified a
keyword other than CARD (TAPE or DISK, for example). If this were (he case, (he 20 data
cards would not have appeared in the deck as shown in Example I.I. The PRINT FORMATS
specifies the printing format of the variables and is required only  when there are variables in the
file that contain nonnumeric characters.
      The next three types of cards provide SPSS with additional information  frequently used
during processing. These cards are optional, however, and need only be prepared if the user
wishes to take advantage of certain features available within SPSS.  The MISSING VALUHS
card enables the user to designate up to three values for each variable in the file to be treated as
missing. These values  are specially treated during analysis, and each statistical program has a
number of user-selected options for processing missing values. Given (he frequency of missing
data in social science research, this card is almost always prepared, although it  is optional.  The
optional  VAR LABELS cards permit the user to associate an extended  label with any or all the
variables  in the  file. These  labels are automatically printed on all  tables and reports  where
applicable. The VALUE LABELS cards serve an identical function for  the individual values of the
variables and are also optional.
      The data-definition cards need be prepared and entered only once, and the information on
them can be permanently saved along with the data as an SPSS system file. The SAVE FILE
control card directly following the last data card causes one of these specially formatted system
files to be created on  an output medium of the user's choice. Once a system file has been
retained, the information initially entered on these cards is automatically passed from the file 10
                                               229

-------
14            STATISTICAL PACKAGE FOR THE SOCIAL SCIENCES

               the system along with the data whenever processing is desired. System files may be created for
               storage during any processing  run by  inserting a SAVE FILE card  in the control-card deck.
               Thus a special run to generate the file is not required. Furthermore, while SPSS system files are
               permanent, they are not immutable, and updated files  may be created on any subsequent run.
                     While there are many advantages (to be discussed later) to generating system files, the
               user may continue to input the data directly from cards or from any type of raw-input-data file,
               and submit the control cards required to define the data on each processing run, that being the
               method used with most statistical programs. The control cards required to process the data from
               cards, tape, or disk files are identical (in kind and number) to those required to create  a file for
               storage as an SPSS system file. In the latter case, the user simply inserts a SAVE FILE control
               card before the FINISH card.
                     While one need define a file of data only once,  a new set of calculations or tasks will be
               defined on each processing run. The SPSS system is instructed in the execution of the statistical
               computations by means of a set of task-definition cards. The task defined in Example 1 . 1  calls
               for a single table to be computed (using subprogram CROSSTABS), crosstabulating sex  by
               party preference. The CROSSTABS procedure card activates the crosstabulation subprogram.
               and the OPTIONS and STATISTICS cards provide the CROSSTABS subprograms with addi-
               tional detailed specifications for building the tables.  The OPTIONS card enables the user to
               control the direction of the percentaging of the table, the processing of  missing values, the
               printing of labels, etc.  The desired table statistics, in  this case chi-square and the contingency
               coefficient, are selected by number on the STATISTICS curd. Figure 1.2 reproduces the printed
               output computed for this run.
                     The remaining four SPSS control cards in Example 1 . 1 serve simple but special functions
               in the system. The RUN NAME card, which may contain any message of the user's choice.
               identifies the run, and (he message contained on it is reprinted on the top of each page of printed
               output generated by the run (see  Fig. 1.2). The READ INPUT DATA card informs the system
               that the user has finished defining the file and the first  statistical task, and the system is ready to
               begin reading the data  into the. computer. The SAVE FILE card  previously mentioned causes
               the file to be permanently saved  as an SPSS system file, and the FINISH card simply informs
               SPSS that the current run or session is completed.
                     The example presented shows how to enter raw data into the SPSS system and retain it for
               future processing while performing a calculation. On any subsequent run the  user can retrieve
               this  file automatically, and the variable names, formats, labels, etc., originally entered by the
               data-definition cards are passed  from the file,  along with the data, whenever processing is
               desired.  Beyond the obvious advantages of automatic storing and retrieving of what may be
                  CeGSil»»lA«li, 1NU IHtN S»Vt >N SPSS STSItN FIL6                      02/16/7*

            FILE  HC STUDY  ICtEtTION UAIE • OIM6/T4I  SUKVtf Of F4CULTT  P»HI»
               • ••••••••••*.••.   CeOSSTtftULtTION   U F   ••••••••••••
               SI I                                         BT  P4RIYPHF POLITICAL P»«TT PREFERENCE
               • •••••••••••••.••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••  f

                            PMKPMF
                     COUNT  1
                     CJL PCI ISOCUL C NEW OEMO LIB6S11  CONSt»*   aO«
                           I*EDII    CRAT           IlVt     TOUl

            SE>
                                                           10
                                                          52.6

                                                            1
                                                          *7.*

                     COLUMN      3       57       »     19
                     IOI1L    15.8    26.1    36.a     21.1   100.0

            CHI SOU1BE •    5.762*1 4 I [H  ) DEGREES OF fottUOX  SIKNIFICANCf  •  0.1227
            CONTINGENCY COEFFICIENT •    O.kdJO*

            NU»Bfc» UF MISSING UBSEUVMIONS •      1
1
1
1
1
1
s
2
(.6.7
1
3).}
N
2
60.0
L
2
28.6
5
71.*
C
*
100.0
0
0.0
           FIGURE 1.2  Crosstabulations table produced by example run 1.1.
                                                     230

-------
                                    AN INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING WITH SPSS              15

large amounts of complicated file-defining information, the processing speed from these system
files is faster than that achieved with raw-input-data files in BCD form.' The conversion of data
from BCD to internal or SPSS system file representation also greatly facilitates the user's ability
to permanently recode variables and generate new scales and  indexes through variable transfor-
mations, without concern for card and column locations of the new or rccodcd variables.
      In the following respect, the files are permanent, bul not immutable. The data, or any of
the documenting information, may be added to. deleted, or altered at the user's  will, and a new
or  updated  file may be retained.  Additional variables  can be added  to the  file us well as
additional cases; labels may be added or altered; new variables or scales can be created from
existing ones; and documenting messages may  be saved in  the file. In short,  the system file
becomes a permanent self-documenting entity, and the user need only remember the name of the
file and the order of the variables within.  Even this information, if forgotten, can be retrieved
easily.
      The most important aspect of system files is the potential effect they can have (if properly
used) on the interaction between researcher and data during day-to-day analyses. With a com-
plicated data file, it will take considerable time to prepare and debug the initial  run that defines
the file. However, once this has been accomplished, massive runs taking a long time to plan and
prepare need not and probably should not  be made. With a system file the researcher can begin
to  explore particular themes and hypotheses, submitting frequent runs requiring little  card
preparation, and thus the likelihood of control-card errors is minimi/.cd.
      Now  that we have  saved the example file called FACSTUDY  a  run exploring the
relationship between religion and party preference, controlling for the effects of sex, can be
made with the control cards of Example  1.2. The GET FILE card (the only control card not
previously introduced) causes all the data and required information from the file named on the
card to be read  into the computer.


  1              18
  • UN NtMt       FIRST  fXANPU PROCESSING  FRUN A SYSHM Mil
  GET FILE       FACSTUDV
  CROSSTAB*      TABLES  •  RELIGION 8V KARTVPMF 8V  S6«
  OPTIONS        J,S
  STATISTICS     1,2,1
  FINISH

EXAMPLE 1.2  Control cards required to produce crosstabulations
              from SPSS system file saved on the previous run.


     As shown in Fig. 1.3. ihe  output  from this run  is two completely  labeled subtables
displaying the relationship between religion and party  preference  for male and female faculty
members. Comparable runs using many different types of statistical procedures could he made
as the analysis progresses.
     Each of the control cards discussed above, as well  as many other cards which perform a
variety  of different  functions in the system, are presented in great detail in (he following
chapters, and the reader should not be  at  all  concerned if he  feels  that  he only partially
understands the procedures and functions already discussed. The sole purpose of this introduc-
tory section is to  provide the  user with  a  brief overview of  the capabilities of SPSS.  File
handling and other general capabilities of SPSS are briefly described in the following sections.
 'For those unfamiliar with the terminology, BCD slunds for binary-coded decimal ami corresponds to the recording
scheme normally used to punch data onio cards. The BCD recording scheme is one in which a single curd column is
used io represent a single digit or character. The binary recording: scheme used in SPSS system files is also acceptable as
raw input to SPSS, bul  is rarely encountered. Other recording schemes such as column binary or multiple punching
cannot be directly input to SPSS.
                                                231

-------
16
STATISTICAL PACKAGE FOR THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
             ri»lt «*H»U MIOCISSI** FROM * irjtlK Ml-
             rui  i »cimo» ICM4HON O»TI • 02/14/Mi
                                                        or r*cuirv »««»» >«tfi«tnc£j
                •U.IGION
             CONMOU.IIIC rO«..
                ill
                                                         U I * I I  0 N  0^  • ••••••••••»
                                                             IV  MKtTfRP  rOUIICAl rA«TY MtErEMNCE
                                                                              MM.C
                                                                                               rAS€  i or  i
                       COUNf  I
                      C04, HI  HOT 111 C Hi* 0(110 UMKAl
                                     M«f
             mute*
              CATMOUC

              OfHM    ,
       uoo

       2.«*

       4.00
                      COLUMI
                       TOTAL
                                 k
                               94.0
                                 I
                               a 0.0
                 o
               0.0
                 i
              jo. a
          a
        o.o
                                              s».o
                                                    TIM
                                                     e
                 i
               Tl.O
                 0
                0.0
   I
20.0
  4
44.0
             CNI IOU« II •
             CMMII><> * •
          i.ooooo VIM
         o.ioaoo
                                              20.0

                                       4 MMtt! Of nkMOOM
                                                            IOTAL
          4
       4O.O
          I
       20.0
                                                             20.0
  to
100. 0
             ri«»f u**n.i MOCISSIM« r«ox 4
                  FtCSIUOT IClftTION 04 J I •
                                             nil
                                                                                  au U/T*
                                                  IU»»I» Of FACULTY WITT
                MilBION
             CCNtMUlM
                HI. .    •
                                             •T  r««tYF«f

                                             MLUI • r
                                                                                 FMTV MEFERENCI
             IU1EU»>
                     .  court i
                      COi Kt IIOCIU C MM DIM IIMIU
                            IKUlf    CHAT
                                      N
              OIM
                       2.0*
                       4.M
                      COtUM
                       TOTU
                                 I
                              1M.O
                                 0
                                •.0
                                 0
                                0.0
                 I
              II.t
                        2
                      44.T
                        0
                       0.0
                        I
                      It.)
          i
       *«.o
          t
       40.9
          0
        a.o
                                    TOTM.


                                       1
   I
M.I
   1
U.I
   1
11.1
             CHI sou«it •    s. 04000 mm
             CMIICII*; v •   o.»2*is
             coHfiMiHcr cotrricitNf •    o.
             NUMCK dr HliilHC 0(SE*V*TIONS
                                              >1.4   100.0

                                       4 DlttUS W riHDQM
                                                                       O.JIM
           FIGURE 1.3  CroHtabulatlon tablet produced by example run 1.2.
                 1.3.3  SUBFILES

                       Data entered into  the SPSS  system may be substructured into groups called  subfiles.
                 Subfiles may be sampling points such as cities; they may be national samples in crossnational
                 survey research; they may consist of data from different time trials or experimental treatments.
                 Subfiles, then, have all of the characteristics usually associated with  like samples in  statistical
                 analysis. In the SPSS system, the subfile identifier variable (SUBFILE) can be used as a control
                 variable for those statistical subprograms calculating like-sample test statistics, such as analysis
                 of variance.  The  subfile structure may also be used for more general types  of comparative
                 analysis whenever the researcher has two or more like samples. The same relationship, for
                 example,  can be examined simultaneously in each of the subfiles.
                       Once the subfile  structure  has been  created, individual subfiles  may  be selected for
                 processing, combinations of subfiles may be processed together, or the subfile structure may be
                 ignored altogether—in which case, the data is treated as a unified file. The user controls the
                 manner in which the subfiles are processed in each individual task. At the end of a run, the user
                 may request  that cases in the file be sorted  and that a new  subfile  structure be defined on the
                 basis of the outcome of the sort. In this way, the basic subfile structure of the file may  be altered
                 at the user's  will.
                                                 232

-------
                                  AN INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING WITH SPSS              17
1.3.4 MISSING DATA
     It is a common occurrence in social science research to find that for one reason or another
it has been impossible to obtain a complete set of data for every case in the file. Such a situation
would occur if a respondent refused or neglected to answer a question on a questionnaire, or if
the response was not entered correctly on the data sheets. SPSS has a number of features  for
processing such missing data. Each variable may have up to three values that are designated as
missing.  The choice of these values  is totally a matter of the user's discretion, and  is used to
designate the reason why proper data has not been obtained. For example, the user may elect to
use the code 0 for not  applicable. 8 for don't know, and 9 for refused to answer. These
missing-data indicators  may be defined  by the use of a MISSING VALUES control card and
retained with the other information in a  SPSS system file. Each of the statistical subprograms
contains  a number of options for processing missing data, and the user may select whichever
option  seems best suited to the particular analysis situation.

1.3.5  RECODING DATA

     In order to organize data for analysis, the user first determines the variables to be dealt
with. The term variable means a certain  attribute which can be determined or measured, and it
must be  carefully distinguished from the term  variable  value (or value), which means  the
value determined or measured for a variable in a particular case. After listing the variables,  the
user next decides  the way values of each variable will be coded. When the data is  to be
processed with  the computer, the way  the coding system is devised can  make a substantial
difference in the ease with which the user can cause the computer  to carry out the desired
computations.
     Frequently, the coding system originally used to record the data is not the most convenient
for use in all parts of the analysis. A provision has been made in SPSS for the user to change the
coding system after entering the data in its original form into the system. The value of any or all
the variables can be changed  at the  user's will by means of the RECODE process. Selected
values  of variables  may be replaced with  new values, and continuous variables may be classified
into  discrete categories. The RECODE  process can be used to temporarily alter values of  the
variables in conjunction with a run of a particular statistical subprogram, or it may be used to effect
a permanent receding of variables in the file.


1.3.6  VARIABLE TRANSFORMATIONS
     A wide variety of variable transformations can be accomplished in  SPSS by means of
simplified Fortranlike statements constructed by the user. The allowable types of transformation
are two  types:  conditional or unconditional. The unconditional transformations, defined by
COMPUTE control cards, cause  a new variable to be  constructed  from the values of other
variables. For example, the control card

 i             ta
 COMPUTE       t«6»C

causes a new variable, named A, to be defined.  The values of this new variable are determined
by adding the values of the existing variables B and C. Conditional transformations are defined
by the  IF card.  The IF card enables the  user to  test if a certain condition  is true; if it is true, a
transformation is performed. Thus, the  control  card

 1             16
 If            ID tQ  II t-8»C

causes SPSS to examine the values  of  the variable D. If for  a particular case the variable D
assumes the value I. a new value for variable A is computed by adding the values of variables B
and  C.
                                            233

-------
18             STATISTICAL PACKAGE FOR THE SOCIAL SCIENCES

                     Transformations can be used to normalize or in some other way alter the distribution of
               variables as well as to construct scales or indices from two or more existing variables in a file.
               The transformation process, like the recoding process, can be used to create a permanent file of
               transformed variables, or it may be  used to create temporary variable modifications during a
               given run of SPSS.
                     A large number of repetitive transformations can be executed with a minimum of card
               preparation by using the special repeat transformation. Sums of the occurrence of certain values
               across a number of variables may be efficiently computed by means of the COUNT transforma-
               tion card. Finally,  a standard procedure for handling and assigning missing values for variables
               created by any of the  above types of variable transformations may be accomplished by the
               ASSIGN  MISSING command.

               1.3.7  SAMPLING, SELECTING,  AND WEIGHTING DATA
                     A random sample of the cases in a file may be obtained, specific cases may be selected
               for processing, and the cases in  the file may  be weighted. The user is able to specify all the
               conditions and criteria for accomplishing sampling, selecting, and weighting during any process-
               ing run.  As with recoding and variable transformations,  sampling, selecting,  and  weighting
               may be done in conjunction with a particular computation, or a new file of sampled, selected, or
               weighted cases may be obtained.


               1.3.8  AGGREGATING DATA

                     Research may involve dual levels of analysis or at least the examination of the impact of
               some  larger unit or  institution on the behavior of individuals. Subprogram AGGREGATE
               permits the researcher to define larger agfiregaiinn units and to  compute aggregated vari-
               ables.
                     Cases may be sorted into aggregation units on the basis of the values of any variable(s) in
               (he file, Aggregated variables summarize the characteristics of the  individuals in each aggrega-
               tion unit; these variables  arc the  means, standard deviations, percentages, etc., of variables in
               the file which have been measured at the individual (i.e.. lower) level. The aggregated variables,
               along with aggregation unit identification numbers, are then punched on cards or written on tape
               or disk, thus forming a new aggregated file.
                     Such aggregated files can  then be input to SPSS or to other statistical programs, thus
               shifting the level of analysis. Alternatively, subprogram  AGGREGATE can produce a set of
               aggregate characteristics which can be subsequently joined to the individual's data records in the
               original tile. In this way, the user may  perform what has come to be known as contextual or
               compositional analysis.
                                        t\

               1.3.9  FILE MODIFICATION AND MANAGEMENT

                     SPSS makes available to the user a large number of general housekeeping routines for the
               management,  manipulation, and modification of data files. During any processing run. new
               variables not currently in the file may  be added to the file, providing  a powerful facility for
               merging separate sets of information on the same cases. Similarly, variables deemed to be of
               no further use to the researcher may be deleted. Additional cases may  be added to the file as they
               become available to a study. Whole new subfiles may be added in a similar way. The cases of a
                file may be resorted at the user's command for  the purpose of aggregation or for the definition of
               a new subfile structure. Master or archival files containing unusually  large numbers of variables
               can be accessed, merged, and saved, as well  as converted into normal SPSS system files for
               statistical processing.
                     Specified cases may be printed at the user's request. Missing-data indicators and a variety
               of labelling information pertaining to individual variables or sets of variables may be altered or
                                                  234

-------
                                   AN INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING WITH SPSS              19

updated at the user's request. Finally, for the IBM-user community a special feature has been
added, enabling SPSS to read and convert data files distributed in the University of Michigan
Survey Research Center's special OSIRIS format.1

1.3.10  RETRIEVAL OF DATA FROM THE SYSTEM
      All data input into the  SPSS system, as well as recoded variables, new variables created
by transformation, and file changes accomplished by sampling, weighting, and/or selection may
be punched on cards or written in  BCD form oh a device of the user's choice via the WRITE
CASES procedure. The cards or the BCD data files can then be directly input into the user's own
programs or into other statistical packages. The user has complete control over the selection of
variables to be output and their formats, as well as control over the selection of cases to be
output.
      File-definition information, such as variable lists, labels, and missing-value codes may be
punched on cards  in SPSS  control-card format  by the  WRITE FILEINFO procedure, thus
facilitating the movement of SPSS files from one type of computer to another.
      The SPSS  correlation  programs permit the user to output correlation matrices in BCD
form on cards, tape, or direct-access devices. All  the SPSS multivariate routines using correla-
tion coefficients allow the user to input correlation matrices as  well as raw data. In addition to
saving the user machine time by  bypassing (he  initial correlation step of  these multivariate
techniques, the matrix-input feature allows matrices  generated by the user's own program or
by other statistical packages to be input into SPSS subprograms;  matrix output  allows for
convenient use of matrices by non-SPSS programs as well as by those in the package.
      Finally, Z scores, regression residuals, factor-scale scores, and canonical variables may be
output.  Such variables may be subsequently merged with existing files.
      These features enable  the user to utilize the file management, data  modification,  and
statistical capabilities of SPSS without becoming a prisoner of the system.

1.3.11  OUTPUT OF RESULTS FROM THE SYSTEM
      Since in this  general discussion of SPSS and its  features we have been concerned mainly
with problems of entering information into the computer, the user may well wonder how output
is obtained from  the system as well. For the most part, printout is provided automatically so the
user need not be concerned with how SPSS accomplishes this. Generally, output occurs when
the user calls for a particular statistical procedure to be performed upon a file of data. The
system then causes the calculations to be made and produces a printed report containing these
results on the line  printer or other output device.  The level of  detail that these  reports contain
depends upon the level of detail provided when the file was defined.
      For example, the user may define a variable named POLPREF. The user has the option of
also defining an extended label for POLPREF, as well as extended labels for the various values
which POLPREF can assume. If these labels are present,  they will appear automatically on the
output reports. If they are not present,  no labelling information appears.  The user decides in
each case whether it is worth the trouble to enter additional information to make the printed
output more  fully documented.           -
      There are  some subprograms,  such as the crosstabulation subprogram  CROSSTABS,
which allow the user a good  deal of latitude in specifying the level of detail to be contained in
the printout.  The user may elect to use an  OPTIONS control card to cause a subprogram to
produce the report desired. These options are discussed in  those sections specifying the rules for
using various subprograms.
 'OSIRIS is another widely used package of computer programs designed lor I he analysis ul social science data. The
 system was developed by the Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, and the Inter-University Consortium
 lor Political Research.
                                                235

-------
                        REFERENCES CONSULTED
Arthur Young & Company.   Colorado Air Pollution Control Division
    Information System (draft for review and  correction by sponsor).
    n. p.:Arthur Young  & Company, 7  August 1981.   Section 2.5.8.

Colorado Department of Health, Air Pollution  Control Division, Mobile
    Sources Section.   Data Management for the AIR Program, July 1981
    to December 1981.   Denver, Colorado:Colorado  Department of
    Health, 20 January 1982.

Colorado Department of Health, Air Pollution  Control Division, Mobile
    Sources Section.   Supplement to S.B.  52.  Implementation Schedule
    and Uork Plan for  the "Auto Inspection Readjustment Program."
    Denver, Colorado:   Colorado Department of Health,  23 May 1980.

Colorado Department of Health, Air Pollution  Control Division, Mobile
    Sources Section.   Various in-house documents.   Various dates and
    undated.

Fawcett,  Rick.  Unpublished inter-office communication to Jerry
    Gallagher (Colorado  Department of Health, Data  Services Section).
    5 August 1980.

National  Center for Vehicle Emissions Control and Safety.  Study Guide.
    Colorado AIR Program.  Fort Collins,  Colorado:   Colorado State
    University.  January, 1982.

National  Computer Systems, Inc.  Forms Design Guide.   Reference Manual.
    Sentry Optical Mark  Reading Systems.Edina, Minnesota:National
    Computer Systems,  Inc.1980.

National  Computer Systems, Inc.  "Trans-Optic Custom Forms Price List,
    Effective January  1, 1982."  Minneapolis, Minnesota:  National
    Computer Systems,  Inc.  1981.

Nie, Norman H., C. Hadlai Hull, Jean  G.  Jenkins, Karin Steinbrenner,
    Dale H. Bent.  SPSS. Statistical  Package  for the Social Sciences.
    Second edition, 8th  printing.Mew York:McGraw-Hill Book Company,
    1975.

Radian Corporation.  Guidance on Data Handling and  Analyses in an
    Inspection/Maintenance Program.  Final Report.Austin, Texas:
    Radian Corporation.1 December 1981.

Remnenga,  Elmer.  "Sample Size and Sample Plan Considerations for
    Evaluating Emission  Test Records  for Consumer Protection."
    Unpublished report to Colorado Department of Health.  9 October 1980.

Remmenga,  Elmer.  Unpublished memorandum to Jerry Gallagher, Industrial
    Sciences [sic] (Colorado Department of Health,  Mobile Sources
    Section).  27 August 1980.
                                 237

-------